US20210218797A1 - Data Management for an Application with Multiple Operation Modes - Google Patents
Data Management for an Application with Multiple Operation Modes Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20210218797A1 US20210218797A1 US17/215,892 US202117215892A US2021218797A1 US 20210218797 A1 US20210218797 A1 US 20210218797A1 US 202117215892 A US202117215892 A US 202117215892A US 2021218797 A1 US2021218797 A1 US 2021218797A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- application
- managed
- account
- policy
- mode
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L67/00—Network arrangements or protocols for supporting network services or applications
- H04L67/01—Protocols
- H04L67/10—Protocols in which an application is distributed across nodes in the network
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F9/00—Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
- G06F9/06—Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units using stored programs, i.e. using an internal store of processing equipment to receive or retain programs
- G06F9/46—Multiprogramming arrangements
- G06F9/468—Specific access rights for resources, e.g. using capability register
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F21/00—Security arrangements for protecting computers, components thereof, programs or data against unauthorised activity
- G06F21/50—Monitoring users, programs or devices to maintain the integrity of platforms, e.g. of processors, firmware or operating systems
- G06F21/51—Monitoring users, programs or devices to maintain the integrity of platforms, e.g. of processors, firmware or operating systems at application loading time, e.g. accepting, rejecting, starting or inhibiting executable software based on integrity or source reliability
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L63/00—Network architectures or network communication protocols for network security
- H04L63/10—Network architectures or network communication protocols for network security for controlling access to devices or network resources
- H04L63/105—Multiple levels of security
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L63/00—Network architectures or network communication protocols for network security
- H04L63/20—Network architectures or network communication protocols for network security for managing network security; network security policies in general
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W12/00—Security arrangements; Authentication; Protecting privacy or anonymity
- H04W12/08—Access security
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W12/00—Security arrangements; Authentication; Protecting privacy or anonymity
- H04W12/30—Security of mobile devices; Security of mobile applications
- H04W12/37—Managing security policies for mobile devices or for controlling mobile applications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W12/00—Security arrangements; Authentication; Protecting privacy or anonymity
- H04W12/02—Protecting privacy or anonymity, e.g. protecting personally identifiable information [PII]
Definitions
- Such resources may include, for example, electronic mail services, file services, data, and other electronic resources provided by the computer systems of an enterprise.
- a method and system for managing an application with multiple operation modes are described herein.
- a device manager that manages a mobile device may monitor the mobile device.
- the device manager may detect that a predetermined type of application that runs in an unmanaged mode and a managed mode is installed on the mobile device.
- the operation mode may be based on a device context or device-related information. For example, the application may run in a first, managed, mode when user credentials authenticate a user as a trusted user, and the application may otherwise run in a second less-secure mode.
- Operational mode may also be selected based on a physical location of the device, a network location, user credentials, user roles, location types (e.g., healthcare, financial institution premises, schools, government entities, etc., also referred to as workplace environment types), and the like.
- An application may be executable in more than two operation modes, and may be executable in multiple different managed modes providing different levels of access, security, resources, etc.
- FIG. 1 depicts an illustrative computer system architecture that may be used in accordance with an illustrative embodiment.
- FIG. 2 depicts an illustrative remote-access system architecture that may be used in accordance with an illustrative embodiment.
- FIG. 3 depicts an illustrative virtualized (hypervisor) system architecture that may be used in accordance with an illustrative embodiment.
- FIG. 4 depicts an illustrative cloud-based system architecture that may be used in accordance with an illustrative embodiment.
- FIG. 5 depicts an illustrative enterprise mobility management system that may be used in accordance with an illustrative embodiment.
- FIG. 6 depicts another illustrative enterprise mobility management system that may be used in accordance with an illustrative embodiment.
- FIG. 7 depicts a sample interface of a mobile device in accordance with an illustrative embodiment.
- FIG. 8 is a flowchart for determining an application mode for an application in accordance with an illustrative embodiment.
- FIG. 9 is a flowchart for determining an account type context for an application in accordance with an illustrative embodiment.
- FIG. 10 is a flowchart for determining a location context for an application in accordance with an illustrative embodiment.
- FIG. 11 is a flowchart for determining a predetermine application status context for an application in accordance with an illustrative embodiment.
- FIG. 12 is a flowchart for determining a network connection context for an application in accordance with an illustrative embodiment.
- FIG. 13 is a flowchart for determining a settings context for an application in accordance with an illustrative embodiment.
- FIG. 14 is a flowchart for switching an application mode for an application in accordance with an illustrative embodiment.
- FIG. 15 is a flowchart for managing an application with multiple operation modes in accordance with an illustrative embodiment.
- FIG. 16 is a flowchart for managing a multi-mode application in accordance with an illustrative embodiment.
- FIG. 17 is a flowchart for an app store in accordance with an illustrative embodiment.
- aspects described herein are directed towards controlling remote access to resources at an enterprise computing system using managed mobile applications at mobile computing devices, specifically as used with applications capable of executing in multiple operational modes.
- An access manager may perform a validation process that determines whether a mobile application requesting access to enterprise resources has accurately identified itself and has not been subsequently altered after installation at the mobile computing device. In this way, the access manager may ensure the mobile application requesting access to the enterprise resource can be trusted and are not attempting to circumvent the security mechanisms used to protect those enterprise resources.
- individuals associated with the enterprise may advantageously utilize enterprise resources at their personal mobile devices using preapproved applications.
- FIG. 1 illustrates one example of a system architecture and data processing device that may be used to implement one or more illustrative aspects described herein in a standalone and/or networked environment.
- Various network nodes 103 , 105 , 107 , and 109 may be interconnected via a wide area network (WAN) 101 , such as the Internet.
- WAN wide area network
- Other networks may also or alternatively be used, including private intranets, corporate networks, LANs, metropolitan area networks (MAN) wireless networks, personal networks (PAN), and the like.
- Network 101 is for illustration purposes and may be replaced with fewer or additional computer networks.
- a local area network may have one or more of any known LAN topology and may use one or more of a variety of different protocols, such as Ethernet.
- Devices 103 , 105 , 107 , 109 and other devices may be connected to one or more of the networks via twisted pair wires, coaxial cable, fiber optics, radio waves or other communication media.
- network refers not only to systems in which remote storage devices are coupled together via one or more communication paths, but also to stand-alone devices that may be coupled, from time to time, to such systems that have storage capability. Consequently, the term “network” includes not only a “physical network” but also a “content network,” which is comprised of the data—attributable to a single entity—which resides across all physical networks.
- the components may include data server 103 , web server 105 , and client computers 107 , 109 .
- Data server 103 provides overall access, control and administration of databases and control software for performing one or more illustrative aspects describe herein.
- Data server 103 may be connected to web server 105 through which users interact with and obtain data as requested.
- data server 103 may act as a web server itself and be directly connected to the Internet.
- Data server 103 may be connected to web server 105 through the network 101 (e.g., the Internet), via direct or indirect connection, or via some other network.
- Users may interact with the data server 103 using remote computers 107 , 109 , e.g., using a web browser to connect to the data server 103 via one or more externally exposed web sites hosted by web server 105 .
- Client computers 107 , 109 may be used in concert with data server 103 to access data stored therein, or may be used for other purposes.
- a user may access web server 105 using an Internet browser, as is known in the art, or by executing a software application that communicates with web server 105 and/or data server 103 over a computer network (such as the Internet).
- FIG. 1 illustrates just one example of a network architecture that may be used, and those of skill in the art will appreciate that the specific network architecture and data processing devices used may vary, and are secondary to the functionality that they provide, as further described herein. For example, services provided by web server 105 and data server 103 may be combined on a single server.
- Each component 103 , 105 , 107 , 109 may be any type of known computer, server, or data processing device.
- Data server 103 e.g., may include a processor 111 controlling overall operation of the rate server 103 .
- Data server 103 may further include RAM 113 , ROM 115 , network interface 117 , input/output interfaces 119 (e.g., keyboard, mouse, display, printer, etc.), and memory 121 .
- I/O 119 may include a variety of interface units and drives for reading, writing, displaying, and/or printing data or files.
- Memory 121 may further store operating system software 123 for controlling overall operation of the data processing device 103 , control logic 125 for instructing data server 103 to perform aspects described herein, and other application software 127 providing secondary, support, and/or other functionality which may or might not be used in conjunction with aspects described herein.
- the control logic may also be referred to herein as the data server software 125 .
- Functionality of the data server software may refer to operations or decisions made automatically based on rules coded into the control logic, made manually by a user providing input into the system, and/or a combination of automatic processing based on user input (e.g., queries, data updates, etc.).
- Memory 121 may also store data used in performance of one or more aspects described herein, including a first database 129 and a second database 131 .
- the first database may include the second database (e.g., as a separate table, report, etc.). That is, the information can be stored in a single database, or separated into different logical, virtual, or physical databases, depending on system design.
- Devices 105 , 107 , 109 may have similar or different architecture as described with respect to device 103 .
- data processing device 103 may be spread across multiple data processing devices, for example, to distribute processing load across multiple computers, to segregate transactions based on geographic location, user access level, quality of service (QoS), etc.
- QoS quality of service
- One or more aspects may be embodied in computer-usable or readable data and/or computer-executable instructions, such as in one or more program modules, executed by one or more computers or other devices as described herein.
- program modules include routines, programs, objects, components, data structures, etc. that perform particular tasks or implement particular abstract data types when executed by a processor in a computer or other device.
- the modules may be written in a source code programming language that is subsequently compiled for execution, or may be written in a scripting language such as (but not limited to) HTML or XML.
- the computer executable instructions may be stored on a computer readable medium such as a nonvolatile storage device.
- Any suitable computer readable storage media may be utilized, including hard disks, CD-ROMs, optical storage devices, magnetic storage devices, and/or any combination thereof.
- various transmission (non-storage) media representing data or events as described herein may be transferred between a source and a destination in the form of electromagnetic waves traveling through signal-conducting media such as metal wires, optical fibers, and/or wireless transmission media (e.g., air and/or space).
- signal-conducting media such as metal wires, optical fibers, and/or wireless transmission media (e.g., air and/or space).
- signal-conducting media such as metal wires, optical fibers, and/or wireless transmission media (e.g., air and/or space).
- Various aspects described herein may be embodied as a method, a data processing system, or a computer program product. Therefore, various functionalities may be embodied in whole or in part in software, firmware and/or hardware or hardware equivalents such as integrated circuits, field programmable gate arrays (F
- FIG. 2 depicts an example system architecture including a generic computing device 201 in an illustrative computing environment 200 that may be used according to one or more illustrative aspects described herein.
- Generic computing device 201 may be used as a server 206 a in a single-server or multi-server desktop virtualization system (e.g., a remote access or cloud system) configured to provide virtual machines for client access devices.
- the generic computing device 201 may have a processor 203 for controlling overall operation of the server and its associated components, including random access memory (RAM) 205 , read-only memory (ROM) 207 , input/output (I/O) module 209 , and memory 215 .
- RAM random access memory
- ROM read-only memory
- I/O input/output
- I/O module 209 may include a mouse, keypad, touch screen, scanner, optical reader, and/or stylus (or other input device(s)) through which a user of generic computing device 201 may provide input, and may also include one or more of a speaker for providing audio output and a video display device for providing textual, audiovisual, and/or graphical output.
- Software may be stored within memory 215 and/or other storage to provide instructions to processor 203 for configuring generic computing device 201 into a special purpose computing device in order to perform various functions as described herein.
- memory 215 may store software used by the computing device 201 , such as an operating system 217 , application programs 219 , and an associated database 221 .
- Computing device 201 may operate in a networked environment supporting connections to one or more remote computers, such as terminals 240 (also referred to as client devices).
- the terminals 240 may be personal computers, mobile devices, laptop computers, tablets, or servers that include many or all of the elements described above with respect to the generic computing device 103 or 201 .
- the network connections depicted in FIG. 2 include a local area network (LAN) 225 and a wide area network (WAN) 229 , but may also include other networks.
- LAN local area network
- WAN wide area network
- computing device 201 may be connected to the LAN 225 through a network interface or adapter 223 .
- computing device 201 When used in a WAN networking environment, computing device 201 may include a modem 227 or other wide area network interface for establishing communications over the WAN 229 , such as computer network 230 (e.g., the Internet). It will be appreciated that the network connections shown are illustrative and other means of establishing a communications link between the computers may be used.
- Computing device 201 and/or terminals 240 may also be mobile terminals (e.g., mobile phones, smartphones, PDAs, notebooks, etc.) including various other components, such as a battery, speaker, and antennas (not shown).
- aspects described herein may also be operational with numerous other general purpose or special purpose computing system environments or configurations.
- Examples of other computing systems, environments, and/or configurations that may be suitable for use with aspects described herein include, but are not limited to, personal computers, server computers, hand-held or laptop devices, multiprocessor systems, microprocessor-based systems, set top boxes, programmable consumer electronics, network PCs, minicomputers, mainframe computers, distributed computing environments that include any of the above systems or devices, and the like.
- one or more client devices 240 may be in communication with one or more servers 206 a - 206 n (generally referred to herein as “server(s) 206 ”).
- the computing environment 200 may include a network appliance installed between the server(s) 206 and client machine(s) 240 .
- the network appliance may manage client/server connections, and in some cases can load balance client connections amongst a plurality of backend servers 206 .
- the client machine(s) 240 may in some embodiments be referred to as a single client machine 240 or a single group of client machines 240
- server(s) 206 may be referred to as a single server 206 or a single group of servers 206 .
- a single client machine 240 communicates with more than one server 206
- a single server 206 communicates with more than one client machine 240
- a single client machine 240 communicates with a single server 206 .
- a client machine 240 can, in some embodiments, be referenced by any one of the following non-exhaustive terms: client machine(s); client(s); client computer(s); client device(s); client computing device(s); local machine; remote machine; client node(s); endpoint(s); or endpoint node(s).
- the server 206 in some embodiments, may be referenced by any one of the following non-exhaustive terms: server(s), local machine; remote machine; server farm(s), or host computing device(s).
- the client machine 240 may be a virtual machine.
- the virtual machine may be any virtual machine, while in some embodiments the virtual machine may be any virtual machine managed by a Type 1 or Type 2 hypervisor, for example, a hypervisor developed by Citrix Systems, IBM, VMware, or any other hypervisor.
- the virtual machine may be managed by a hypervisor, while in aspects the virtual machine may be managed by a hypervisor executing on a server 206 or a hypervisor executing on a client 240 .
- Some embodiments include a client device 240 that displays application output generated by an application remotely executing on a server 206 or other remotely located machine.
- the client device 240 may execute a virtual machine receiver program or application to display the output in an application window, a browser, or other output window.
- the application is a desktop, while in other examples the application is an application that generates or presents a desktop.
- a desktop may include a graphical shell providing a user interface for an instance of an operating system in which local and/or remote applications can be integrated.
- Applications as used herein, are programs that execute after an instance of an operating system (and, optionally, also the desktop) has been loaded.
- the server 206 uses a remote presentation protocol or other program to send data to a thin-client or remote-display application executing on the client to present display output generated by an application executing on the server 206 .
- the thin-client or remote-display protocol can be any one of the following non-exhaustive list of protocols: the Independent Computing Architecture (ICA) protocol developed by Citrix Systems, Inc. of Ft. Lauderdale, Fla.; or the Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP) manufactured by the Microsoft Corporation of Redmond, Wash.
- ICA Independent Computing Architecture
- RDP Remote Desktop Protocol
- a remote computing environment may include more than one server 206 a - 206 n such that the servers 206 a - 206 n are logically grouped together into a server farm 206 , for example, in a cloud computing environment.
- the server farm 206 may include servers 206 that are geographically dispersed while and logically grouped together, or servers 206 that are located proximate to each other while logically grouped together.
- Geographically dispersed servers 206 a - 206 n within a server farm 206 can, in some embodiments, communicate using a WAN (wide), MAN (metropolitan), or LAN (local), where different geographic regions can be characterized as: different continents; different regions of a continent; different countries; different states; different cities; different campuses; different rooms; or any combination of the preceding geographical locations.
- the server farm 206 may be administered as a single entity, while in other embodiments the server farm 206 can include multiple server farms.
- a server farm may include servers 206 that execute a substantially similar type of operating system platform (e.g., WINDOWS, UNIX, LINUX, iOS, ANDROID, SYMBIAN, etc.)
- server farm 206 may include a first group of one or more servers that execute a first type of operating system platform, and a second group of one or more servers that execute a second type of operating system platform.
- Server 206 may be configured as any type of server, as needed, e.g., a file server, an application server, a web server, a proxy server, an appliance, a network appliance, a gateway, an application gateway, a gateway server, a virtualization server, a deployment server, a SSL VPN server, a firewall, a web server, an application server or as a master application server, a server executing an active directory, or a server executing an application acceleration program that provides firewall functionality, application functionality, or load balancing functionality.
- Other server types may also be used.
- Some embodiments include a first server 106 a that receives requests from a client machine 240 , forwards the request to a second server 106 b , and responds to the request generated by the client machine 240 with a response from the second server 106 b .
- First server 106 a may acquire an enumeration of applications available to the client machine 240 and well as address information associated with an application server 206 hosting an application identified within the enumeration of applications.
- First server 106 a can then present a response to the client's request using a web interface, and communicate directly with the client 240 to provide the client 240 with access to an identified application.
- One or more clients 240 and/or one or more servers 206 may transmit data over network 230 , e.g., network 101 .
- FIG. 2 shows a high-level architecture of an illustrative desktop virtualization system.
- the desktop virtualization system may be single-server or multi-server system, or cloud system, including at least one virtualization server 206 configured to provide virtual desktops and/or virtual applications to one or more client access devices 240 .
- a desktop refers to a graphical environment or space in which one or more applications may be hosted and/or executed.
- a desktop may include a graphical shell providing a user interface for an instance of an operating system in which local and/or remote applications can be integrated.
- Applications may include programs that execute after an instance of an operating system (and, optionally, also the desktop) has been loaded.
- Each instance of the operating system may be physical (e.g., one operating system per device) or virtual (e.g., many instances of an OS running on a single device).
- Each application may be executed on a local device, or executed on a remotely located device (e.g., remoted).
- a computer device 301 may be configured as a virtualization server in a virtualization environment, for example, a single-server, multi-server, or cloud computing environment.
- Virtualization server 301 illustrated in FIG. 3 can be deployed as and/or implemented by one or more embodiments of the server 206 illustrated in FIG. 2 or by other known computing devices.
- Included in virtualization server 301 is a hardware layer that can include one or more physical disks 304 , one or more physical devices 306 , one or more physical processors 308 and one or more physical memories 316 .
- firmware 312 can be stored within a memory element in the physical memory 316 and can be executed by one or more of the physical processors 308 .
- Virtualization server 301 may further include an operating system 314 that may be stored in a memory element in the physical memory 316 and executed by one or more of the physical processors 308 . Still further, a hypervisor 302 may be stored in a memory element in the physical memory 316 and can be executed by one or more of the physical processors 308 .
- Executing on one or more of the physical processors 308 may be one or more virtual machines 332 A-C (generally 332 ). Each virtual machine 332 may have a virtual disk 326 A-C and a virtual processor 328 A-C.
- a first virtual machine 332 A may execute, using a virtual processor 328 A, a control program 320 that includes a tools stack 324 .
- Control program 320 may be referred to as a control virtual machine, Dom0, Domain 0, or other virtual machine used for system administration and/or control.
- one or more virtual machines 332 B-C can execute, using a virtual processor 328 B-C, a guest operating system 330 A-B.
- Virtualization server 301 may include a hardware layer 310 with one or more pieces of hardware that communicate with the virtualization server 301 .
- the hardware layer 310 can include one or more physical disks 304 , one or more physical devices 306 , one or more physical processors 308 , and one or more memory 216 .
- Physical components 304 , 306 , 308 , and 316 may include, for example, any of the components described above.
- Physical devices 306 may include, for example, a network interface card, a video card, a keyboard, a mouse, an input device, a monitor, a display device, speakers, an optical drive, a storage device, a universal serial bus connection, a printer, a scanner, a network element (e.g., router, firewall, network address translator, load balancer, virtual private network (VPN) gateway, Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) router, etc.), or any device connected to or communicating with virtualization server 301 .
- Physical memory 316 in the hardware layer 310 may include any type of memory. Physical memory 316 may store data, and in some embodiments may store one or more programs, or set of executable instructions.
- FIG. 3 illustrates an embodiment where firmware 312 is stored within the physical memory 316 of virtualization server 301 . Programs or executable instructions stored in the physical memory 316 can be executed by the one or more processors 308 of virtualization server 301 .
- Virtualization server 301 may also include a hypervisor 302 .
- hypervisor 302 may be a program executed by processors 308 on virtualization server 301 to create and manage any number of virtual machines 332 .
- Hypervisor 302 may be referred to as a virtual machine monitor, or platform virtualization software.
- hypervisor 302 can be any combination of executable instructions and hardware that monitors virtual machines executing on a computing machine.
- Hypervisor 302 may be Type 2 hypervisor, where the hypervisor that executes within an operating system 314 executing on the virtualization server 301 . Virtual machines then execute at a level above the hypervisor.
- the Type 2 hypervisor executes within the context of a user's operating system such that the Type 2 hypervisor interacts with the user's operating system.
- one or more virtualization servers 201 in a virtualization environment may instead include a Type 1 hypervisor (Not Shown).
- a Type 1 hypervisor may execute on the virtualization server 301 by directly accessing the hardware and resources within the hardware layer 310 . That is, while a Type 2 hypervisor 302 accesses system resources through a host operating system 314 , as shown, a Type 1 hypervisor may directly access all system resources without the host operating system 314 .
- a Type 1 hypervisor may execute directly on one or more physical processors 308 of virtualization server 301 , and may include program data stored in the physical memory 316 .
- Hypervisor 302 can provide virtual resources to operating systems 330 or control programs 320 executing on virtual machines 332 in any manner that simulates the operating systems 330 or control programs 320 having direct access to system resources.
- System resources can include, but are not limited to, physical devices 306 , physical disks 304 , physical processors 308 , physical memory 316 and any other component included in virtualization server 301 hardware layer 310 .
- Hypervisor 302 may be used to emulate virtual hardware, partition physical hardware, virtualize physical hardware, and/or execute virtual machines that provide access to computing environments. In still other embodiments, hypervisor 302 controls processor scheduling and memory partitioning for a virtual machine 332 executing on virtualization server 301 .
- Hypervisor 302 may include those manufactured by VMWare, Inc., of Palo Alto, Calif.; the XEN hypervisor, an open source product whose development is overseen by the open source Xen.org community; HyperV, VirtualServer or virtual PC hypervisors provided by Microsoft, or others.
- virtualization server 301 executes a hypervisor 302 that creates a virtual machine platform on which guest operating systems may execute.
- the virtualization server 301 may be referred to as a host server.
- An example of such a virtualization server is the XEN SERVER provided by Citrix Systems, Inc., of Fort Lauderdale, Fla.
- Hypervisor 302 may create one or more virtual machines 332 B-C (generally 332 ) in which guest operating systems 330 execute.
- hypervisor 302 may load a virtual machine image to create a virtual machine 332 .
- the hypervisor 302 may executes a guest operating system 330 within virtual machine 332 .
- virtual machine 332 may execute guest operating system 330 .
- hypervisor 302 may control the execution of at least one virtual machine 332 .
- hypervisor 302 may presents at least one virtual machine 332 with an abstraction of at least one hardware resource provided by the virtualization server 301 (e.g., any hardware resource available within the hardware layer 310 ).
- hypervisor 302 may control the manner in which virtual machines 332 access physical processors 308 available in virtualization server 301 . Controlling access to physical processors 308 may include determining whether a virtual machine 332 should have access to a processor 308 , and how physical processor capabilities are presented to the virtual machine 332 .
- virtualization server 301 may host or execute one or more virtual machines 332 .
- a virtual machine 332 is a set of executable instructions that, when executed by a processor 308 , imitate the operation of a physical computer such that the virtual machine 332 can execute programs and processes much like a physical computing device. While FIG. 3 illustrates an embodiment where a virtualization server 301 hosts three virtual machines 332 , in other embodiments virtualization server 301 can host any number of virtual machines 332 .
- Hypervisor 302 in some embodiments, provides each virtual machine 332 with a unique virtual view of the physical hardware, memory, processor and other system resources available to that virtual machine 332 .
- the unique virtual view can be based on one or more of virtual machine permissions, application of a policy engine to one or more virtual machine identifiers, a user accessing a virtual machine, the applications executing on a virtual machine, networks accessed by a virtual machine, or any other desired criteria.
- hypervisor 302 may create one or more unsecure virtual machines 332 and one or more secure virtual machines 332 . Unsecure virtual machines 332 may be prevented from accessing resources, hardware, memory locations, and programs that secure virtual machines 332 may be permitted to access.
- hypervisor 302 may provide each virtual machine 332 with a substantially similar virtual view of the physical hardware, memory, processor and other system resources available to the virtual machines 332 .
- Each virtual machine 332 may include a virtual disk 326 A-C (generally 326 ) and a virtual processor 328 A-C (generally 328 .)
- the virtual disk 326 in some embodiments, is a virtualized view of one or more physical disks 304 of the virtualization server 301 , or a portion of one or more physical disks 304 of the virtualization server 301 .
- the virtualized view of the physical disks 304 can be generated, provided and managed by the hypervisor 302 .
- hypervisor 302 provides each virtual machine 332 with a unique view of the physical disks 304 .
- the particular virtual disk 326 included in each virtual machine 332 can be unique when compared with the other virtual disks 326 .
- a virtual processor 328 can be a virtualized view of one or more physical processors 308 of the virtualization server 301 .
- the virtualized view of the physical processors 308 can be generated, provided and managed by hypervisor 302 .
- virtual processor 328 has substantially all of the same characteristics of at least one physical processor 308 .
- virtual processor 308 provides a modified view of physical processors 308 such that at least some of the characteristics of the virtual processor 328 are different than the characteristics of the corresponding physical processor 308 .
- FIG. 4 illustrates an example of a cloud computing environment (or cloud system) 400 .
- client computers 411 - 414 may communicate with a cloud management server 410 to access the computing resources (e.g., host servers 403 , storage resources 404 , and network resources 405 ) of the cloud system.
- computing resources e.g., host servers 403 , storage resources 404 , and network resources 405 .
- Management server 410 may be implemented on one or more physical servers.
- the management server 410 may run, for example, CLOUDSTACK by Citrix Systems, Inc. of Ft. Lauderdale, Fla., or OPENSTACK, among others.
- Management server 410 may manage various computing resources, including cloud hardware and software resources, for example, host computers 403 , data storage devices 404 , and networking devices 405 .
- the cloud hardware and software resources may include private and/or public components.
- a cloud may be configured as a private cloud to be used by one or more particular customers or client computers 411 - 414 and/or over a private network.
- public clouds or hybrid public-private clouds may be used by other customers over an open or hybrid networks.
- Management server 410 may be configured to provide user interfaces through which cloud operators and cloud customers may interact with the cloud system.
- the management server 410 may provide a set of APIs and/or one or more cloud operator console applications (e.g., web-based on standalone applications) with user interfaces to allow cloud operators to manage the cloud resources, configure the virtualization layer, manage customer accounts, and perform other cloud administration tasks.
- the management server 410 also may include a set of APIs and/or one or more customer console applications with user interfaces configured to receive cloud computing requests from end users via client computers 411 - 414 , for example, requests to create, modify, or destroy virtual machines within the cloud.
- Client computers 411 - 414 may connect to management server 410 via the Internet or other communication network, and may request access to one or more of the computing resources managed by management server 410 .
- the management server 410 may include a resource manager configured to select and provision physical resources in the hardware layer of the cloud system based on the client requests.
- the management server 410 and additional components of the cloud system may be configured to provision, create, and manage virtual machines and their operating environments (e.g., hypervisors, storage resources, services offered by the network elements, etc.) for customers at client computers 411 - 414 , over a network (e.g., the Internet), providing customers with computational resources, data storage services, networking capabilities, and computer platform and application support.
- Cloud systems also may be configured to provide various specific services, including security systems, development environments, user interfaces, and the like.
- Certain clients 411 - 414 may be related, for example, different client computers creating virtual machines on behalf of the same end user, or different users affiliated with the same company or organization. In other examples, certain clients 411 - 414 may be unrelated, such as users affiliated with different companies or organizations. For unrelated clients, information on the virtual machines or storage of any one user may be hidden from other users.
- zones 401 - 402 may refer to a collocated set of physical computing resources. Zones may be geographically separated from other zones in the overall cloud of computing resources. For example, zone 401 may be a first cloud datacenter located in California, and zone 402 may be a second cloud datacenter located in Florida. Management sever 410 may be located at one of the availability zones, or at a separate location. Each zone may include an internal network that interfaces with devices that are outside of the zone, such as the management server 410 , through a gateway. End users of the cloud (e.g., clients 411 - 414 ) might or might not be aware of the distinctions between zones.
- an end user may request the creation of a virtual machine having a specified amount of memory, processing power, and network capabilities.
- the management server 410 may respond to the user's request and may allocate the resources to create the virtual machine without the user knowing whether the virtual machine was created using resources from zone 401 or zone 402 .
- the cloud system may allow end users to request that virtual machines (or other cloud resources) are allocated in a specific zone or on specific resources 403 - 405 within a zone.
- each zone 401 - 402 may include an arrangement of various physical hardware components (or computing resources) 403 - 405 , for example, physical hosting resources (or processing resources), physical network resources, physical storage resources, switches, and additional hardware resources that may be used to provide cloud computing services to customers.
- the physical hosting resources in a cloud zone 401 - 402 may include one or more computer servers 403 , such as the virtualization servers 301 described above, which may be configured to create and host virtual machine instances.
- the physical network resources in a cloud zone 401 or 402 may include one or more network elements 405 (e.g., network service providers) comprising hardware and/or software configured to provide a network service to cloud customers, such as firewalls, network address translators, load balancers, virtual private network (VPN) gateways, Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) routers, and the like.
- the storage resources in the cloud zone 401 - 402 may include storage disks (e.g., solid state drives (SSDs), magnetic hard disks, etc.) and other storage devices.
- the example cloud computing environment shown in FIG. 4 also may include a virtualization layer (e.g., as shown in FIGS. 1-3 ) with additional hardware and/or software resources configured to create and manage virtual machines and provide other services to customers using the physical resources in the cloud.
- the virtualization layer may include hypervisors, as described above in FIG. 3 , along with other components to provide network virtualizations, storage virtualizations, etc.
- the virtualization layer may be as a separate layer from the physical resource layer, or may share some or all of the same hardware and/or software resources with the physical resource layer.
- the virtualization layer may include a hypervisor installed in each of the virtualization servers 403 with the physical computing resources.
- WINDOWS AZURE Microsoft Corporation of Redmond Wash.
- AMAZON EC2 Amazon.com Inc. of Seattle, Wash.
- IBM BLUE CLOUD IBM BLUE CLOUD
- FIG. 5 represents an enterprise mobility technical architecture 500 for use in a BYOD environment.
- the architecture enables a user of a mobile device 502 to both access enterprise or personal resources from a mobile device 502 and use the mobile device 502 for personal use.
- the user may access such enterprise resources 504 or enterprise services 508 using a mobile device 502 that is purchased by the user or a mobile device 502 that is provided by the enterprise to user.
- the user may utilize the mobile device 502 for business use only or for business and personal use.
- the mobile device may run an iOS operating system, and Android operating system, or the like.
- the enterprise may choose to implement policies to manage the mobile device 504 .
- the policies may be implanted through a firewall or gateway in such a way that the mobile device may be identified, secured or security verified, and provided selective or full access to the enterprise resources.
- the policies may be mobile device management policies, mobile application management policies, mobile data management policies, or some combination of mobile device, application, and data management policies.
- a mobile device 504 that is managed through the application of mobile device management policies may be referred to as a managed device.
- the operating system of the mobile device may be separated into a managed partition 510 and an unmanaged partition 512 .
- the managed partition 510 may have policies applied to it to secure the applications running on and data stored in the managed partition.
- the applications running on the managed partition may be secure applications.
- all applications may execute in accordance with a set of one or more policy files received separate from the application, and which define one or more security parameters, features, resource restrictions, and/or other access controls that are enforced by the mobile device management system when that application is executing on the device.
- each application By operating in accordance with their respective policy file(s), each application may be allowed or restricted from communications with one or more other applications and/or resources, thereby creating a virtual partition.
- a partition may refer to a physically partitioned portion of memory (physical partition), a logically partitioned portion of memory (logical partition), and/or a virtual partition created as a result of enforcement of one or more policies and/or policy files across multiple apps as described herein (virtual partition).
- physical partition a physically partitioned portion of memory
- logical partition a logically partitioned portion of memory
- virtual partition created as a result of enforcement of one or more policies and/or policy files across multiple apps as described herein
- the secure applications may be email applications, web browsing applications, software-as-a-service (SaaS) access applications, Windows Application access applications, and the like.
- the secure applications may be secure native applications 514 , secure remote applications 522 executed by a secure application launcher 518 , virtualization applications 526 executed by a secure application launcher 518 , and the like.
- the secure native applications 514 may be wrapped by a secure application wrapper 520 .
- the secure application wrapper 520 may include integrated policies that are executed on the mobile device 502 when the secure native application is executed on the device.
- the secure application wrapper 520 may include meta-data that points the secure native application 514 running on the mobile device 502 to the resources hosted at the enterprise that the secure native application 514 may require to complete the task requested upon execution of the secure native application 514 .
- the secure remote applications 522 executed by a secure application launcher 518 may be executed within the secure application launcher application 518 .
- the virtualization applications 526 executed by a secure application launcher 518 may utilize resources on the mobile device 502 , at the enterprise resources 504 , and the like.
- the resources used on the mobile device 502 by the virtualization applications 526 executed by a secure application launcher 518 may include user interaction resources, processing resources, and the like.
- the user interaction resources may be used to collect and transmit keyboard input, mouse input, camera input, tactile input, audio input, visual input, gesture input, and the like.
- the processing resources may be used to present a user interface, process data received from the enterprise resources 504 , and the like.
- the resources used at the enterprise resources 504 by the virtualization applications 526 executed by a secure application launcher 518 may include user interface generation resources, processing resources, and the like.
- the user interface generation resources may be used to assemble a user interface, modify a user interface, refresh a user interface, and the like.
- the processing resources may be used to create information, read information, update information, delete information, and the like.
- the virtualization application may record user interactions associated with a GUI and communicate them to a server application where the server application will use the user interaction data as an input to the application operating on the server.
- an enterprise may elect to maintain the application on the server side as well as data, files, etc. associated with the application.
- an enterprise may elect to “mobilize” some applications in accordance with the principles herein by securing them for deployment on the mobile device, this arrangement may also be elected for certain applications. For example, while some applications may be secured for use on the mobile device, others might not be prepared or appropriate for deployment on the mobile device so the enterprise may elect to provide the mobile user access to the unprepared applications through virtualization techniques.
- the enterprise may have large complex applications with large and complex data sets (e.g., material resource planning applications) where it would be very difficult, or otherwise undesirable, to customize the application for the mobile device so the enterprise may elect to provide access to the application through virtualization techniques.
- the enterprise may have an application that maintains highly secured data (e.g. human resources data, customer data, engineering data) that may be deemed by the enterprise as too sensitive for even the secured mobile environment so the enterprise may elect to use virtualization techniques to permit mobile access to such applications and data.
- An enterprise may elect to provide both fully secured and fully functional applications on the mobile device as well as a virtualization application to allow access to applications that are deemed more properly operated on the server side.
- the virtualization application may store some data, files, etc. on the mobile phone in one of the secure storage locations.
- An enterprise for example, may elect to allow certain information to be stored on the phone while not permitting other information.
- the mobile device may have a virtualization application that is designed to present GUI's and then record/pass-through user interactions with the GUI.
- the application may communicate the user interactions to the server side to be used by the server side application as user interactions with the application.
- the application on the server side may transmit back to the mobile device a new GUI.
- the new GUI may be a static page, a dynamic page, an animation, or the like, thereby providing access to remotely located resources.
- the secure applications may access data stored in a secure data container 528 in the managed partition 510 of the mobile device.
- the data secured in the secure data container may be accessed by the secure wrapped applications 514 , applications executed by a secure application launcher 522 , virtualization applications 526 executed by a secure application launcher 522 , and the like.
- the data stored in the secure data container 528 may include files, databases, and the like.
- the data stored in the secure data container 528 may include data restricted to a specific secure application 530 , shared among secure applications 532 , and the like. Data restricted to a secure application may include secure general data 534 and highly secure data 538 .
- Secure general data may use a strong form of encryption such as AES 128-bit encryption or the like, while highly secure data 538 may use a very strong form of encryption such as AES 254-bit encryption.
- Data stored in the secure data container 528 may be deleted from the device upon receipt of a command from the device manager 524 .
- the secure applications may have a dual-mode option 540 .
- the dual mode option 540 may present the user with an option to operate the secured application in an unsecured mode.
- the secure applications may access data stored in an unsecured data container 542 on the unmanaged partition 512 of the mobile device 502 .
- the data stored in an unsecured data container may be personal data 544 .
- the data stored in an unsecured data container 542 may also be accessed by unsecured applications 548 that are running on the unmanaged partition 512 of the mobile device 502 .
- the data stored in an unsecured data container 542 may remain on the mobile device 502 when the data stored in the secure data container 528 is deleted from the mobile device 502 .
- An enterprise may want to delete from the mobile device selected or all data, files, and/or applications owned, licensed or controlled by the enterprise (enterprise data) while leaving or otherwise preserving personal data, files, and/or applications owned, licensed or controlled by the user (personal data). This operation may be referred to as a selective wipe. With the enterprise and personal data arranged in accordance to the aspects described herein, an enterprise may perform a selective wipe.
- the mobile device may connect to enterprise resources 504 and enterprise services 508 at an enterprise, to the public Internet 548 , and the like.
- the mobile device may connect to enterprise resources 504 and enterprise services 508 through virtual private network connections.
- the virtual private network connections also referred to as microVPN or application-specific VPN, may be specific to particular applications 550 , particular devices, particular secured areas on the mobile device, and the like 552 .
- each of the wrapped applications in the secured area of the phone may access enterprise resources through an application specific VPN such that access to the VPN would be granted based on attributes associated with the application, possibly in conjunction with user or device attribute information.
- the virtual private network connections may carry Microsoft Exchange traffic, Microsoft Active Directory traffic, HTTP traffic, HTTPS traffic, application management traffic, and the like.
- the virtual private network connections may support and enable single-sign-on authentication processes 554 .
- the single-sign-on processes may allow a user to provide a single set of authentication credentials, which are then verified by an authentication service 558 .
- the authentication service 558 may then grant to the user access to multiple enterprise resources 504 , without requiring the user to provide authentication credentials to each individual enterprise resource 504 .
- the virtual private network connections may be established and managed by an access gateway 560 .
- the access gateway 560 may include performance enhancement features that manage, accelerate, and improve the delivery of enterprise resources 504 to the mobile device 502 .
- the access gateway may also re-route traffic from the mobile device 502 to the public Internet 548 , enabling the mobile device 502 to access publicly available and unsecured applications that run on the public Internet 548 .
- the mobile device may connect to the access gateway via a transport network 562 .
- the transport network 562 may be a wired network, wireless network, cloud network, local area network, metropolitan area network, wide area network, public network, private network, and the like.
- the enterprise resources 504 may include email servers, file sharing servers, SaaS applications, Web application servers, Windows application servers, and the like.
- Email servers may include Exchange servers, Lotus Notes servers, and the like.
- File sharing servers may include ShareFile servers, and the like.
- SaaS applications may include Salesforce, and the like.
- Windows application servers may include any application server that is built to provide applications that are intended to run on a local Windows operating system, and the like.
- the enterprise resources 504 may be premise-based resources, cloud based resources, and the like.
- the enterprise resources 504 may be accessed by the mobile device 502 directly or through the access gateway 560 .
- the enterprise resources 504 may be accessed by the mobile device 502 via a transport network 562 .
- the transport network 562 may be a wired network, wireless network, cloud network, local area network, metropolitan area network, wide area network, public network, private network, and the like.
- the enterprise services 508 may include authentication services 558 , threat detection services 564 , device manager services 524 , file sharing services 568 , policy manager services 570 , social integration services 572 , application controller services 574 , and the like.
- Authentication services 558 may include user authentication services, device authentication services, application authentication services, data authentication services and the like.
- Authentication services 558 may use certificates.
- the certificates may be stored on the mobile device 502 , by the enterprise resources 504 , and the like.
- the certificates stored on the mobile device 502 may be stored in an encrypted location on the mobile device, the certificate may be temporarily stored on the mobile device 502 for use at the time of authentication, and the like.
- Threat detection services 564 may include intrusion detection services, unauthorized access attempt detection services, and the like.
- Unauthorized access attempt detection services may include unauthorized attempts to access devices, applications, data, and the like.
- Device management services 524 may include configuration, provisioning, security, support, monitoring, reporting, and decommissioning services.
- File sharing services 568 may include file management services, file storage services, file collaboration services, and the like.
- Policy manager services 570 may include device policy manager services, application policy manager services, data policy manager services, and the like.
- Social integration services 572 may include contact integration services, collaboration services, integration with social networks such as Facebook, Twitter, and LinkedIn, and the like.
- Application controller services 574 may include management services, provisioning services, deployment services, assignment services, revocation services, wrapping services, and the like.
- the enterprise mobility technical architecture 500 may include an application store 578 .
- the application store 578 may include unwrapped applications 580 , pre-wrapped applications 582 , and the like. Applications may be populated in the application store 578 from the application controller 574 .
- the application store 578 may be accessed by the mobile device 502 through the access gateway 560 , through the public Internet 548 , or the like.
- the application store may be provided with an intuitive and easy to use User Interface.
- the application store 578 may provide access to a software development kit 584 .
- the software development kit 584 may provide a user the capability to secure applications selected by the user by wrapping the application as described previously in this description. An application that has been wrapped using the software development kit 584 may then be made available to the mobile device 502 by populating it in the application store 578 using the application controller 574 .
- the enterprise mobility technical architecture 500 may include a management and analytics capability 588 .
- the management and analytics capability 588 may provide information related to how resources are used, how often resources are used, and the like.
- Resources may include devices, applications, data, and the like. How resources are used may include which devices download which applications, which applications access which data, and the like. How often resources are used may include how often an application has been downloaded, how many times a specific set of data has been accessed by an application, and the like.
- FIG. 6 is another illustrative enterprise mobility management system 600 . Some of the components of the mobility management system 500 described above with reference to FIG. 5 have been omitted for the sake of simplicity.
- the architecture of the system 600 depicted in FIG. 6 is similar in many respects to the architecture of the system 500 described above with reference to FIG. 5 and may include additional features not mentioned above.
- the left hand side represents a managed mobile device 602 with a client agent 604 , which interacts with gateway server 606 (which includes Access Gateway and App Controller functionality) to access various enterprise resources 608 and services 609 such as Exchange, Sharepoint, PKI Resources, Kerberos Resources, Certificate Issuance service, as shown on the right hand side above.
- gateway server 606 which includes Access Gateway and App Controller functionality
- enterprise resources 608 and services 609 such as Exchange, Sharepoint, PKI Resources, Kerberos Resources, Certificate Issuance service, as shown on the right hand side above.
- the mobile device 602 may also interact with an enterprise application store (StoreFront) for the selection and downloading of applications.
- StoreFront enterprise application store
- the client agent 604 acts as the UI (user interface) intermediary for Windows apps/desktops hosted in an Enterprise data center, which are accessed using the HDX/ICA display remoting protocol.
- the client agent 604 also supports the installation and management of native applications on the mobile device 602 , such as native iOS or Android applications.
- native applications such as native iOS or Android applications.
- the managed applications 610 email, browser, wrapped application shown in the figure above are all native applications that execute locally on the device.
- Client agent 604 and application management framework of this architecture act to provide policy driven management capabilities and features such as connectivity and SSO (single sign on) to enterprise resources/services 608 .
- the client agent 604 handles primary user authentication to the enterprise, normally to Access Gateway (AG) with SSO to other gateway server components.
- the client agent 604 obtains policies from gateway server 606 to control the behavior of the managed applications 610 on the mobile device 602 .
- AG Access Gateway
- the Secure IPC links 612 between the native applications 610 and client agent 604 represent a management channel, which allows client agent to supply policies to be enforced by the application management framework 614 “wrapping” each application.
- the IPC channel 612 also allows client agent 604 to supply credential and authentication information that enables connectivity and SSO to enterprise resources 608 .
- the IPC channel 612 allows the application management framework 614 to invoke user interface functions implemented by client agent 604 , such as online and offline authentication.
- Communications between the client agent 604 and gateway server 606 are essentially an extension of the management channel from the application management framework 614 wrapping each native managed application 610 .
- the application management framework 614 requests policy information from client agent 604 , which in turn requests it from gateway server 606 .
- the application management framework 614 requests authentication, and client agent 604 logs into the gateway services part of gateway server 606 (also known as NetScaler Access Gateway).
- Client agent 604 may also call supporting services on gateway server 606 , which may produce input material to derive encryption keys for the local data vaults 616 , or provide client certificates which may enable direct authentication to PKI protected resources, as more fully explained below.
- the application management framework 614 “wraps” each managed application 610 . This may be incorporated via an explicit build step, or via a post-build processing step.
- the application management framework 614 may “pair” with client agent 604 on first launch of an application 610 to initialize the Secure IPC channel and obtain the policy for that application.
- the application management framework 614 may enforce relevant portions of the policy that apply locally, such as the client agent login dependencies and some of the containment policies that restrict how local OS services may be used, or how they may interact with the application 610 .
- the application management framework 614 may use services provided by client agent 604 over the Secure IPC channel 612 to facilitate authentication and internal network access.
- Key management for the private and shared data vaults 616 (containers) may be also managed by appropriate interactions between the managed applications 610 and client agent 604 .
- Vaults 616 may be available only after online authentication, or may be made available after offline authentication if allowed by policy. First use of vaults 616 may require online authentication, and offline access may be limited to at most the policy refresh period before online authentication is again required.
- Network access to internal resources may occur directly from individual managed applications 610 through Access Gateway 606 .
- the application management framework 614 is responsible for orchestrating the network access on behalf of each application 610 .
- Client agent 604 may facilitate these network connections by providing suitable time limited secondary credentials obtained following online authentication. Multiple modes of network connection may be used, such as reverse web proxy connections and end-to-end VPN-style tunnels 618 .
- the Mail and Browser managed applications 610 have special status and may make use of facilities that might not be generally available to arbitrary wrapped applications.
- the Mail application may use a special background network access mechanism that allows it to access Exchange over an extended period of time without requiring a full AG logon.
- the Browser application may use multiple private data vaults to segregate different kinds of data.
- gateway server 606 (including its gateway services) in some cases will not need to validate AD passwords. It can be left to the discretion of an enterprise whether an AD password is used as an authentication factor for some users in some situations. Different authentication methods may be used if a user is online or offline (i.e., connected or not connected to a network).
- Step up authentication is a feature wherein gateway server 606 may identify managed native applications 610 that are allowed to have access to highly classified data requiring strong authentication, and ensure that access to these applications is only permitted after performing appropriate authentication, even if this means a re-authentication is required by the user after a prior weaker level of login.
- the vaults 616 may be encrypted so that all on-device data including files, databases, and configurations are protected.
- the keys may be stored on the server (gateway server 606 ), and for off-line vaults, a local copy of the keys may be protected by a user password.
- a minimum of AES 256 encryption algorithm be utilized.
- a logging feature may be included, wherein all security events happening inside an application 610 are logged and reported to the backend. Data wiping may be supported, such as if the application 610 detects tampering, associated encryption keys may be written over with random data, leaving no hint on the file system that user data was destroyed.
- Screenshot protection is another feature, where an application may prevent any data from being stored in screenshots. For example, the key window's hidden property may be set to YES. This may cause whatever content is currently displayed on the screen to be hidden, resulting in a blank screenshot where any content would normally reside.
- Local data transfer may be prevented, such as by preventing any data from being locally transferred outside the application container, e.g., by copying it or sending it to an external application.
- a keyboard cache feature may operate to disable the autocorrect functionality for sensitive text fields.
- SSL certificate validation may be operable so the application specifically validates the server SSL certificate instead of it being stored in the keychain.
- An encryption key generation feature may be used such that the key used to encrypt data on the device is generated using a passphrase supplied by the user (if offline access is required). It may be XORed with another key randomly generated and stored on the server side if offline access is not required.
- Key Derivation functions may operate such that keys generated from the user password use KDFs (key derivation functions, notably PBKDF2) rather than creating a cryptographic hash of it. The latter makes a key susceptible to brute force or dictionary attacks.
- one or more initialization vectors may be used in encryption methods.
- An initialization vector will cause multiple copies of the same encrypted data to yield different cipher text output, preventing both replay and cryptanalytic attacks. This will also prevent an attacker from decrypting any data even with a stolen encryption key if the specific initialization vector used to encrypt the data is not known.
- authentication then decryption may be used, wherein application data is decrypted only after the user has authenticated within the application.
- Another feature may relate to sensitive data in memory, which may be kept in memory (and not in disk) only when it's needed. For example, login credentials may be wiped from memory after login, and encryption keys and other data inside objective-C instance variables are not stored, as they may be easily referenced. Instead, memory may be manually allocated for these.
- An inactivity timeout may be implemented, wherein after a policy-defined period of inactivity, a user session is terminated.
- Data leakage from the application management framework 614 may be prevented in other ways. For example, when an application 610 is put in the background, the memory may be cleared after a predetermined (configurable) time period. When backgrounded, a snapshot may be taken of the last displayed screen of the application to fasten the foregrounding process. The screenshot may contain confidential data and hence should be cleared.
- OTP one time password
- AD active directory
- Another security feature relates to the use of an OTP (one time password) 620 without the use of an AD (active directory) 622 password for access to one or more applications.
- OTP one time password
- some users do not know (or are not permitted to know) their AD password, so these users may authenticate using an OTP 620 such as by using a hardware OTP system like SecurID (OTPs may be provided by different vendors also, such as Entrust or Gemalto).
- OTPs SecurID
- a text is sent to the user with an OTP 620 . In some cases, this may be implemented only for online use, with a prompt being a single field.
- An offline password may be implemented for offline authentication for those applications 610 for which offline use is permitted via enterprise policy. For example, an enterprise may want StoreFront to be accessed in this manner. In this case, the client agent 604 may require the user to set a custom offline password and the AD password is not used. Gateway server 606 may provide policies to control and enforce password standards with respect to the minimum length, character class composition, and age of passwords, such as described by the standard Windows Server password complexity requirements, although these requirements may be modified.
- Another feature relates to the enablement of a client side certificate for certain applications 610 as secondary credentials (for the purpose of accessing PKI protected web resources via the application management framework micro VPN feature).
- an application such as @WorkMail may utilize such a certificate.
- certificate-based authentication using ActiveSync protocol may be supported, wherein a certificate from the client agent 604 may be retrieved by gateway server 606 and used in a keychain.
- Each managed application may have one associated client certificate, identified by a label that is defined in gateway server 606 .
- Gateway server 606 may interact with an Enterprise special purpose web service to support the issuance of client certificates to allow relevant managed applications to authenticate to internal PKI protected resources.
- the client agent 604 and the application management framework 614 may be enhanced to support obtaining and using client certificates for authentication to internal PKI protected network resources. More than one certificate may be supported, such as to match various levels of security and/or separation requirements.
- the certificates may be used by the Mail and Browser managed applications, and ultimately by arbitrary wrapped applications (provided those applications use web service style communication patterns where it is reasonable for the application management framework to mediate https requests).
- Application management client certificate support on iOS may rely on importing a PKCS 12 BLOB (Binary Large Object) into the iOS keychain in each managed application for each period of use.
- Application management framework client certificate support may use a HTTPS implementation with private in-memory key storage. The client certificate will never be present in the iOS keychain and will not be persisted except potentially in “online-only” data value that is strongly protected.
- Mutual SSL may also be implemented to provide additional security by requiring that a mobile device 602 is authenticated to the enterprise, and vice versa.
- Virtual smart cards for authentication to gateway server 606 may also be implemented.
- the full support feature relates to an ability to do full Kerberos login to AD 622 , using an AD password or trusted client certificate, and obtain Kerberos service tickets to respond to HTTP Negotiate authentication challenges.
- the limited support feature relates to constrained delegation in AFEE, where AFEE supports invoking Kerberos protocol transition so it can obtain and use Kerberos service tickets (subject to constrained delegation) in response to HTTP Negotiate authentication challenges. This mechanism works in reverse web proxy (aka CVPN) mode, and when http (but not https) connections are proxied in VPN and MicroVPN mode.
- CVPN reverse web proxy
- Another feature relates to application container locking and wiping, which may automatically occur upon jail-break or rooting detections, and occur as a pushed command from administration console, and may include a remote wipe functionality even when an application 610 is not running.
- a multi-site architecture or configuration of StoreFront and App Controller may be supported that allows users to be service from one of several different locations in case of failure.
- managed applications 610 may be allowed to access a certificate and private key via an API (example OpenSSL).
- Trusted managed applications 610 of an enterprise may be allowed to perform specific Public Key operations with an application's client certificate and private key.
- Various use cases may be identified and treated accordingly, such as when an application behaves like a browser and no certificate access is required, when an application reads a certificate for “who am I,” when an application uses the certificate to build a secure session token, and when an application uses private keys for digital signing of important data (e.g. transaction log) or for temporary data encryption.
- FIG. 7 illustrates a sample interface of a mobile device
- FIGS. 8-14 illustrate sample embodiments of methods for determining an operation mode for an application.
- the methods depicted in FIGS. 8-14 may be combined in any suitable manner in various embodiments.
- the sample interface depictured in FIG. 7 may be displayed on a mobile device, such as device 107 , 109 , 240 , 502 , and/or 602 , and the methods depicted in FIGS. 8-14 may be implemented by such a mobile device.
- FIG. 8 a flowchart of example method steps for determining an application mode for an application is shown.
- the method of FIG. 8 may begin at step 802 , where a plurality of applications are presented.
- a plurality of applications may be presented to a user on a mobile device.
- FIG. 7 illustrates an embodiment where user interface 700 displayed on a mobile device (e.g., tablet, smart phone, or the like) presents Applications A 700 , B 701 , C 702 , and E 703 to a user.
- the plurality of applications may be presented in any suitable manner.
- the plurality of applications may comprise email applications, web browsing applications, software-as-a-service (SaaS) access applications, and the like.
- SaaS software-as-a-service
- the method of FIG. 8 may proceed from step 802 to step 804 , where a selection for one of the plurality of applications is received.
- a user of a mobile device may select one of the presented applications by, for example, pressing a display of the mobile device to select the application. This is merely an example, and the application may be selected in any suitable manner.
- the method of FIG. 8 may proceed from step 804 to step 806 , where a context for the selected applications is determined based on one or more operational parameters of the device executing the selected application. For example, a context may be based on an account to be accessed by the application, a location of the mobile device or a network connectivity status of the mobile device executing the application, or based on any other operational parameter.
- FIGS. 9-13 illustrate various embodiments where example contexts are described.
- the method of FIG. 8 may proceed from step 804 to step 806 , where an operation mode for the selected application is determined based on the context.
- the operations modes may comprise managed and unmanaged modes, e.g., representing work and non-work modes of a device for when a user is performing employment-related versus personal activities, respectively.
- the work mode may provide access to enterprise resources and include one or more content filters and/or restrictions, whereas the non-work mode might apply policies (or no policies) and/or content filters/restrictions (or none) that allow access to only non-enterprise related resources.
- managed modes e.g., based on different security levels of various users or sets of credentials provided by a user, different user roles identified by a set of credentials (e.g., manager versus staff employees), geographic locations from which the device is operated, network locations, operational environment (e.g., a healthcare-related managed mode versus a financial industry managed mode), or based on any other contextual determination.
- Some modes may be based on multiple contexts, e.g., location and role. In one such combination a first managed mode may provide applicable policies for a healthcare provider, whereas a second managed mode may apply applicable policies for a patient.
- the user may initiate a change of mode as the device is passed to a user having a different role.
- the new user may be required to enter appropriate credentials to change modes, e.g., when changing to a more secure mode.
- the healthcare provider mode may provide access to a wide array of patient records, resources, scheduling details, financial records, and other information, whereas a patient mode may be limited to only that patient's information, e.g., based on HIPPA and other privacy considerations. Other combinations of contextual decisions may also be used.
- the determined context may be compared to a stored policy in order to determine an operation mode.
- a mobile device such as mobile device 502 , may store one or more policies used to determine an operation mode for an application.
- the policies may be stored remotely, such as at policy manager 570 , described above with reference to FIG. 5 , or may be stored locally on the device.
- a context may comprise a selected application configured to access a secure account, such as an email application configured to access a secure email account.
- This context may be compared to a stored policy.
- the stored policy may define that an email application that is configured to access a secure email account is to be run as a managed application.
- the stored policy may further indicate that the email application, when configured to access a personal account of the device user, may operate in an unmanaged mode. Additional contexts and policies will be described with respect to FIGS. 9-13 .
- the method of FIG. 8 may proceed from step 806 to step 808 , where the selected application is run in the determined operation mode.
- the operation mode may be determined as unmanaged, or as one of multiple managed modes, and the selected application may be run in the determined mode.
- a managed operation mode may include running the application as a part of the managed partition 510 of mobile device 502 , as described above with reference to FIG. 5 .
- the managed application may be run as secure native applications 514 , secure remote applications 522 executed by a secure application launcher 518 , virtualization applications 526 executed by a secure application launcher 518 , and the like.
- an application running in managed mode may access data stored in a secure data container 528 in the managed partition 510 (physical, logical, or virtual) of the mobile device.
- the data stored in the secure data container 528 may include data restricted to a specific secure/managed application 530 , shared among other secure/managed applications, and the like.
- Data restricted to a secure application may include secure general data 534 and highly secure data 538 .
- Different levels and types of security features may be used to differentiate levels of secure data.
- an application running in managed mode may save, modify, or delete data in secure data container 528 .
- the data saved or modified may be encrypted similar to other data stored in secure data container 528 .
- an application running in managed mode may connect to enterprise resources 504 and enterprise services 508 through virtual private network connections, as described about with reference to FIG. 5 .
- the virtual private network connections may be microVPNs, which are specific to a particular application, such as the selected application, particular devices, particular secured areas on the mobile device, and the like.
- wrapped applications in a secured area of the phone may access enterprise resources through an application specific VPN such that access to the VPN would be granted based on attributes associated with the application, possibly in conjunction with user or device attribute information, and policy information.
- an application running in managed mode may encrypt data transmitted from the application.
- an application running in managed mode may be communicating with a computing device over a network, and the data transmitted from the application to the device may be encrypted.
- the data communicated from the computing device to the application may also be encrypted, and the application running in managed mode may be configured to decrypt the received data.
- an application running in managed mode my access a secure portal.
- an application may connect to a computing device over a network, for example, a microVPN, and may access a secure portal that might not be access by unsecured applications, such as applications running in unmanaged mode.
- an unmanaged operation mode may include running the application as a part of the unmanaged partition 512 (physical, logical, or virtual) of mobile device 502 , as described above with reference to FIG. 5 .
- the application may access data stored in an unsecured data container 542 on the unmanaged partition 512 of the mobile device 502 .
- the data stored in an unsecured data container may be personal data 544 .
- an application running in a less secure managed mode may be run similar to an application running in the more secure managed mode, but might not include all aspects of the latter.
- an application running in the less secure managed mode may have the information transmitted from the application over a network encrypted, but the application might not have access to secure data container 528 , as described with reference to FIG. 5 .
- an application running in the less secure managed mode may have access to secure data container 528 , but might not be able to connect to enterprise resources 504 and enterprise services 508 through virtual private network connections.
- an application running in a less secure managed mode may include aspects of an application running in the more secure managed mode and aspects of an application running in unmanaged mode.
- steps 806 and 808 of FIG. 8 may comprise the method steps of any one or more of FIGS. 9-13 .
- the method of FIG. 9 may begin at step 902 , where an account to be accessed by a selected application is detected.
- a selected application may comprise an email application and an email account that the email application is configured to access may be detected.
- the email application may be able to access multiple email accounts, such as an enterprise email account and a personal email account, and the account that the email application is configured to access at the time of running may be determined as the context account to be accessed.
- the method of FIG. 9 may proceed from step 902 to step 904 , where an account type of the account to be accessed may be determined.
- the account type may comprise a context for the selected application.
- a selected application may comprise an email application and the email application may be configured to access an enterprise account.
- the email application may be configured to access a personal account.
- the method of FIG. 9 may proceed from step 904 to step 906 , where an account type may be compared with an account type policy.
- a policy may define that an email application that is to access an enterprise account should run in managed mode and an email application that is to access a personal account should run in unmanaged mode.
- the method of FIG. 9 may proceed from step 906 to step 908 , where an operation mode is determined based on the comparison.
- the method of FIG. 10 may begin at step 1002 , where a location for a mobile device is determined.
- a mobile device such as mobile device 502
- a location for the mobile device may be determined.
- the location may be determined by GPS, signal triangulation, or any other suitable or otherwise known manner.
- the location may comprise a context for the selected application.
- the method of FIG. 10 may proceed from step 1002 to step 1004 , where a determined location may be compared with a location policy.
- a policy may define that a selected application run in a more secure managed mode when in a certain location, for example, on company premises.
- a policy may define that a selected application run in a less secure managed mode when in a certain location, for example, when the determined location is inside the United States but off company premises.
- the less secure managed mode may encrypt communication to and from the selected application, but might not allow access to enterprise resources, such as resources 504 .
- a policy may define that a selected application run in unmanaged mode when in a certain location, for example, when the determined location is outside the United States.
- the method of FIG. 10 may proceed from step 1004 to step 1006 , where an operation mode is determined based on the comparison.
- a network location may also or instead be used to determine whether access is permitted.
- network location may refer to whether a user is either internal to a data center (or pre-approved Wifi access point), or is external to it. Appropriate access modes may be based on such a determination.
- the method of FIG. 11 may begin at step 1102 , where it is monitored whether a predetermined application is running on a device.
- a mobile device such as mobile device 502
- the mobile device may implement the method of FIG. 11 , and the mobile device may be monitored to determine whether a predetermined application is running.
- the predetermined application may comprise any application capable of running on the mobile device, such a client agent 604 as described with reference to FIG. 6 .
- the monitored predetermined application may comprise a context for the selected application.
- the method of FIG. 11 may proceed from step 1102 to step 1104 , where a monitored application is compared against a policy.
- a policy may define that a selected application run in managed mode when a predetermined application, such as client agent 604 , is running and that the selected application run in unmanaged mode when the predetermined application is not running.
- the method of FIG. 11 may proceed from step 1104 to step 1106 , where an operation mode is determined based on the comparison.
- the method of FIG. 12 may begin at step 1202 , one or more network connections are detected.
- a mobile device such as mobile device 502
- network connections may comprise a connection to a cellular network, a connection to a WIFI network, or a connection to a Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN), or the like.
- the one or more network connections may comprise a context for the selected application.
- the method of FIG. 12 may proceed from step 1202 to step 1204 , where detected network connections are compared against a network connection policy.
- a policy may define that a selected application run in managed mode when a mobile device is connected to an internal network, such as a WLAN internal to a company, and that the selected application run in unmanaged mode when the mobile device is only connected to a wireless network, such as cellular network or WIFI network.
- the method of FIG. 12 may proceed from step 1204 to step 1206 , where an operation mode is determined based on the comparison.
- the method of FIG. 13 may begin at step 1302 , where one or more settings for a mobile device are detected.
- a mobile device such as mobile device 502
- it may be detected whether the mobile device has a lock screen, such as a PIN required for using the mobile device, or it may be detected whether the mobile device is jailbroken/rooted, e.g., has received after-market modifications.
- the one or more settings may comprise a context for the selected application.
- the method of FIG. 13 may proceed from step 1302 to step 1304 , where detected settings are compared against a settings policy.
- a policy may define that a selected application might not run in managed mode if the mobile device does not have a lock screen or if the mobile device is jailbroken/rooted.
- the method of FIG. 13 may proceed from step 1304 to step 1306 , where an operation mode is determined based on the comparison.
- an indicator may be displayed on the mobile device that informs a user of certain policies, such as a requirement for a mobile device to have a lock screen before the mobile device is allowed to run the selected application in managed mode.
- FIGS. 9-13 describe a plurality of contexts, and any other suitable context and corresponding policy may be implemented.
- contexts described in FIGS. 9-13 may be combined and these contexts may be compared against a policy for the selected application.
- contexts for a selected application may comprise an account type to be accessed as an enterprise email account and a detected network connection as a cellular network.
- the policy may define that when an enterprise account is attempted to be accessed over a cellular network, the selected application should be run in managed mode. The policy may be defined in this way because the selected application may encrypt the communication with the enterprise email account, and therefore the risk of sending secure traffic over a cellular network may be mitigated.
- contexts for a selected application may comprise a determined location outside of the United States and a network connection with a WLAN internal to a company.
- a policy may define that a selected application is to run in managed mode when a determined location is outside the United States and a network connection is with a WLAN internal to a company. The policy may be defined in this way because a network connection with a WLAN internal to a company mitigates the risk associated with secure communications outside of the United States.
- the one or more contexts as described in FIGS. 9-13 may include a priority.
- a context for a selected application may comprise a determination that the mobile device is jailbroken/rooted, and a policy may define that a selected application is to run only in unmanaged mode when a context indicates a jailbroken/rooted mobile device, regardless of what other contexts indicate. Accordingly, a jailbroken/rooted mobile device will have a selected application run in unmanaged mode even when the mobile device is connected to a WLAN internal to a company or if the selected application is attempting to access an enterprise account.
- a policy may indicate that a selected application is to be run in a less secure managed mode based on a plurality of contexts as described in FIGS. 9-13 .
- contexts for a selected application may comprise an account type to be accessed as an enterprise email account and a detected network connection as a cellular network.
- the policy may define that when an enterprise account is attempted to be accessed over a cellular network, the selected application should be run in the less secure managed mode.
- the less secure managed mode may encrypt communication to and from the selected application, but might not allow access to enterprise resources, such as resources 504 .
- the policy may be defined in this way because the encrypted communication with the enterprise email account may be a low risk communication, and allowing access to enterprise resources may be a high risk communication.
- FIG. 14 a flowchart of example method steps for switching an operation mode for an application is shown.
- the method steps of FIG. 14 may follow the method steps of FIG. 8 .
- the method of FIG. 14 may begin at step 1402 , where one or more contexts may be monitored while a selected application is running.
- one or more of the contexts described with reference to FIGS. 9-13 may be monitored.
- a mobile device running a selected application may be connected to a cellular network and while the selected application is running, the mobile device may make a new network connection with a WLAN internal to a company.
- the method of FIG. 14 may proceed from step 1402 to step 1404 , where a change in an operation mode for a selected application is detected based on the monitoring.
- the mobile device may detect a change in information that formed the basis for selecting a particular operational mode.
- a selected application may be running in unmanaged mode, and once a mobile application running the selected application connects to a WLAN internal to a company, a policy may define that the operation mode for the selected application should switch to managed mode.
- the method of FIG. 14 may proceed from step 1404 to step 1406 , where the operation mode for the selected application is switched.
- a manager such as a mobile device manager, may manage one or more mobile devices.
- the mobile device may be referred to as an enrolled device.
- a mobile device may be managed based on software installed on the a managed, such as a client agent 604 of FIG. 6 .
- client agent 604 may further include a connection management software development kit (SDK), a connection manager 520 , a connection/status application programming interface (API), a set of virtualization services, a runtime SDK, a platform SDK, and a client core.
- SDK connection management software development kit
- API application programming interface
- the virtualization service in the client agent architecture may include, for example, a graphics service, a desktop integration service, a multimedia service, input/output services, a smart card service, a printing service, and the like.
- the runtime SDK may be, for example, Independent Computing Architecture (ICA) runtime SDK, including an ICA engine.
- the platform SDK may be, for example, an ICA platform SDK or other platform SDK, and may include various subcomponents such as a virtual channel SDK, a configuration and load manager, a trace subcomponent, a platform abstraction SDK, and the like.
- the client core may include, for example, a core protocol for remote access to terminal services (e.g., a Winstation driver with a core ICA protocol), a reducer subcomponent configured to perform compression and prioritization, a multi-stream ICA, a TCP stack with session reliability, proxy, and SSL, and a UDP subcomponent.
- the client core also may include implementations of platform-specific subcomponents, such as graphics smart card and thread support, configuration and load manager libraries, an SSL SDK, and the like.
- a mobile device may be enrolled in an enterprise system using, for example, client agent 604 .
- a client agent 604 may interact with a gateway server 606 or other access gateway to access various enterprise resources 608 and services 609 .
- Enrolling a device may involve bring your own device (BYOD) and related technologies, and opting in to an MDM or similar system.
- Enrollment of a device with a company account (or other organization account) may involve pushing certificates to the device and registering the device with a device management server of an enterprise system.
- the device After enrollment, the device may be “governed” by a company administrator (or other organization administrator) using mobile device management (MDM) and/or mobile device experience technology (Application management framework) policies that are pushed to the device. Enrolled devices may also be referred to as managed devices. Stated differently, after enrollment, a device may become a managed device as described herein.
- MDM mobile device management
- Application management framework mobile device experience technology
- a device may become a managed device as described herein.
- a client agent 604 and/or an application enrollment token may be downloaded and installed on the device.
- the application enrollment token may be derived from a certificate of a company or other organization to which the device will be enrolled. After downloading the client agent 604 and application enrollment token, the device user may be prompted to open the token and add the company account (or other organization account) to the device.
- an enrolled mobile device such as mobile device 502 of FIG. 5
- a service such as device manager 524 of FIG. 5 .
- Device manager 524 may provide services that include configuration, provisioning, security, support, monitoring, reporting, and decommissioning. For example, device manager 524 may monitor what applications are installed on an enrolled/managed mobile device. In this example, device manager 524 may store/access a list of black-listed applications and may further determine the installation of a black-listed application on an enrolled/managed mobile device. A black-listed application may comprise an application that is suspected malware or any other suitable application.
- device manager 524 may monitor an operating state for an enrolled mobile device. In this example, device manager 524 may determine that an enrolled mobile device has been jailbroken/rooted. Device manager 524 may perform various management activities on an enrolled device based on these determinations.
- device manager 524 may monitor a network connection for the mobile device. In this example, device manager 524 may determine that an enrolled mobile device is connected to a cellular network, a wireless local area network (WLAN), a local area network (LAN), a combination of these, or any other suitable network. In another example, device manager 524 may monitor a location for the mobile device. In this example, device manager 524 may determine the geographic location for the mobile device, such as the latitude and longitude, the country, the state, any suitable region, or any other suitable location for the mobile device.
- WLAN wireless local area network
- LAN local area network
- device manager 524 may monitor whether a particular application is running on the mobile device. In this example, device manager 524 may determine whether the particular application, such as client agent 604 of FIG. 6 , is running on the mobile device. Device manager 524 may perform various management activities on an enrolled device based on these determinations.
- an application installed on an enrolled mobile device may run in managed mode or unmanaged mode, as described above.
- a managed operation mode may include running the application as a part of the managed partition 510 of mobile device 502 , as described above with reference to FIG. 5 .
- an application running in managed mode may access data stored in a secure data container 528 in the managed partition 510 of the mobile device.
- the data stored in the secure data container 528 may include data restricted to a specific secure application 530 , shared among other secure applications, and the like.
- Data restricted to a secure application may include secure general data 534 and highly secure data 538 .
- Secure general data may use a strong form of encryption such as AES 128-bit encryption or the like, while highly secure data 538 may use a very strong form of encryption such as AES 254-bit encryption.
- Other types of encryption may be used, and other levels and types of security measures may be applied based on a desired level and/or type of security, as well as different key recovery features.
- an application running in managed mode may save, modify, or delete data in secure data container 528 .
- the data saved or modified may be encrypted similar to other data stored in secure data container 528 .
- a managed mode may comprise an enterprise mode and an unmanaged mode may comprise a personal mode.
- the application when the application is running in managed mode, or enterprise mode, the application may have access to resources stored on a secure server (e.g., enterprise data).
- a device manager 524 managing the device may be associated with an enterprise.
- the application running in managed mode may be able to communicate with one or more servers (e.g., gateway server 606 ) that grant the application access to enterprise data.
- the application may not have access to the enterprise data.
- an application that is capable of running in managed mode or unmanaged mode may leverage storage policies for storing data associated with the application.
- FIG. 15 a flowchart of example method steps for managing an application that runs in multiple modes is shown.
- FIG. 15 may begin at step 1502 , where an application runs on a mobile device in one of managed mode or unmanaged mode.
- an application capable of running in managed mode or unmanaged mode, as described above may run in one of these modes.
- step 1504 a request is received to store data associated with the application.
- a request may be received to store data, such as secured data accessed from a secured server (e.g., gateway server 606 ).
- the secured data may comprise enterprise data, as described above.
- a request may be received to store data, such as personal data.
- a storage protocol may define the manner in which the requested data is to be stored on the mobile device. For example, when the application is running in managed mode, the data may be stored according to a first protocol, and when the application is running in unmanaged mode, the data may be stored according to a second protocol.
- the first storage protocol may define that the requested data may be stored in a first data container, such as a secured data container (e.g., secured data container 528 ).
- a secured data container e.g., secured data container 528
- the data stored in the first data container may not be accessible to the application while the application is running in unmanaged mode.
- the second storage protocol may define that the requested data may be stored in a second data container different from the first data container.
- the second data container may comprise a general data container that stores, for example, personal data.
- the first storage protocol may define that the requested data may be encrypted prior to storage.
- the data may be encrypted using a first key and, in some embodiments, the first key may be associated with a device manager that manages the device (e.g., device manager 524 ).
- the second storage protocol may define that the requested data may be encrypted prior to storage using a second key different from the first key.
- the first storage protocol may define that the requested data may be stored unencrypted.
- Stored data may be automatically updated when a storage protocol changes or is modified.
- a policy may be updated that changes the encryption scheme used for data storage from a first type of encryption to a second type of encryption.
- the mobile device may automatically decrypt the stored data based on the first type of encryption and re-encrypt the stored data based on the second type of encryption using the new or revised policy. In this manner stored data may always be kept compliant with a current storage policy.
- the first storage protocol may define that the requested data may be stored in association with a managed account.
- the application running in managed mode may be associated with a managed account.
- a cloud storage application that, while running in managed mode, allows access to secured data may be associated with a managed account used to gain access to the secured data.
- the requested data may be stored in association with this managed account.
- the first storage protocol may define that the requested data stored may be managed by device manager 524 .
- data may be stored according to the first protocol, as described above.
- data may be stored according to the second protocol, as described above.
- the type and/or location of storage may be dependent on the operation mode in use.
- a storage protocol or policy may specify that data is to be stored in cloud-based storage.
- the storage protocol or policy may further specify that either enterprise or non-enterprise cloud storage should be used, based on operation mode.
- data When in managed mode, data may be saved to an enterprise or other cloud storage where a predefined level of security is provided, as selected by the enterprise or policy.
- data when in unmanaged mode, data may be saved or stored in a less secure cloud storage service or location, e.g., as selected by the user.
- Illustrative embodiments may include hybrid storage policies wherein based on certain circumstances of the mobile device or application, data may be stored locally when an app is running unmanaged and data may be stored in cloud storage when the app is running in managed mode, or vice versa.
- step 1508 a signal is received to disable a mode of the application.
- a signal may be received to disable the managed mode of the application.
- device manager 524 may monitor an enrolled mobile device, detect a state for the mobile device, and send a signal to disable a managed mode of an application installed on the mobile device.
- device manager 524 may detect that an enrolled mobile device is jailbroken/rooted, and may determine to disable the managed mode of the application based on the detection.
- device manager 524 may detect that a black listed application has been installed on an enrolled mobile device, and may determine to disable the managed mode of the application based on the detection.
- device manager 524 may detect that a managed account associated with the application has expired or has been deleted, and may determine to disable the managed mode of the application based on the detection. For example, a cloud storage application that, while running in managed mode, allows access to secured data may be associated with a managed account used to gain access to the secured data. Device manager 524 may detect that the managed account has expired or has been deleted and may send a signal to disable the managed mode of the cloud storage application based on the detection. In an embodiment, when a signal to disable a managed mode of the application is received, the application may be converted into an application that does not run in managed mode.
- based on the received signal to disable a managed mode of an application it may be determined that data stored according to a first protocol is to be selectively deleted. For example, data stored according to a first protocol may be associated with the managed mode that is to be disabled, and the data stored according to the first protocol may be selectively deleted as a part of disabling the managed mode.
- step 1510 data stored on the mobile device according to a protocol is located.
- device manager 524 may monitor an enrolled mobile device and locate data that is stored according to a first protocol.
- the data stored according to the first protocol may comprise data associated with a particular application running in a first mode, such as an application running in a managed mode.
- the located data may comprise enterprise data for the application.
- the data stored according to the first protocol may be located based on an account.
- an account may be associated with a managed account.
- An application may run in managed mode and stored data may be associated with the managed account.
- the data stored according to the first protocol may be associated with the managed account, and the data stored according to the first protocol may be located based on the managed account.
- the data stored according to the first protocol may be located based on a storage container.
- a secure storage container such as secure data container 528 of FIG. 5
- An application may run in managed mode and data stored according to the first protocol may be stored in the secure data container.
- the data stored according to the first protocol may be stored in the secure data container, and the data stored according to the first protocol may be located based on the storage in the secure storage container.
- the data stored according to the first protocol may be located based on an encryption.
- data stored according to the first protocol may be encrypted using a particular encryption, such as an encryption using a first key.
- An application may run in managed mode and data stored according to the first protocol may be encrypted based on the particular encryption.
- the data stored according to the first protocol may be located based the encryption for the data.
- the first key may be associated with device manager 524 .
- step 1512 The process of FIG. 15 may proceed from step 1510 to step 1512 , where the located data is selectively deleted.
- device manager 524 may monitor an enrolled mobile device, locate data stored according to the first protocol on the enrolled mobile device, and selectively delete the located data.
- selectively deleting the located data does not delete any other data stored on the mobile device.
- the located data comprises enterprise data for an application
- the personal data for the application might not be deleted.
- access to data stored according to the first protocol may be locked or blocked until the device reenrolls or the application is capable of again running in managed mode.
- FIG. 16 a flowchart of example method steps for managing an account for an application capable of executing in multiple modes is shown.
- the process of FIG. 16 may be used upon detection that an installed application is capable of executing in multiple modes to configure access to enterprise resources by the application executing in a managed mode.
- resources may be pre-provisioned based on certain events (e.g., a new employee starts with a company, and resources are pre-provisioned as part of the new employee procedures), thereby speeding up first time execution of managed apps.
- FIG. 16 may begin at step 1602 , where a mobile device is monitored for new applications.
- device manager 524 may monitor an enrolled mobile device, such as mobile device 502 , as described above.
- the device manager may monitor the installed applications on the mobile device.
- the device manager may periodically monitor the mobile device for the installation of new applications.
- the process of FIG. 16 may proceed from step 1602 to step 1604 , where it is detected that an application capable of running in a managed mode and an unmanaged mode is installed on the mobile device.
- device manager 524 may monitor an enrolled mobile device and determine that an application capable of running in a managed mode and an unmanaged mode is installed on the mobile device. The device manager may detect that the installed application is capable of running in a managed mode and an unmanaged mode based on meta-data associated with the application or based on any other suitable detection manner.
- a resource is provisioned to communicate with the detected application.
- a resource such as a gateway server (e.g., gateway server 560 ) may be provisioned to communicate with the detected application when the application is running in managed mode.
- the resource may comprise a cloud storage resource.
- the cloud storage resource may store secure data, such as enterprise data.
- the cloud storage resource may be provisioned to communicate with the detected application running in managed mode such that the detected application running in managed mode may access the secure data stored in the cloud storage resource after provisioning.
- provisioning the resource may comprise creating an account for the application.
- the process of FIG. 16 may proceed from step 1604 to step 1606 , where an account is created for the application that is associated with identification information from the mobile device.
- an enrolled mobile device may have identification information associated with the mobile device and/or associated with a user of the mobile device.
- the identification information may comprise an enterprise credential, such as a login and password for an active directory for an enterprise.
- the identification information may comprise a token associated with an enterprise.
- an enrolled mobile device may receive a token, such as a Security Assertion Markup Language (SAML) token or any other suitable token, from an enterprise server that identifies the enrolled mobile device and/or a user for the enrolled mobile device.
- the identification information may comprise any other suitable identification information.
- the device manager e.g., device manager 524
- an account may be created for the application capable of executing in managed mode and unmanaged mode that is associated with the identification information.
- the identification information may comprise user credentials, for example enterprise credentials, a token, or any other suitable identification information.
- an account may be created based on a determination that an account associated with the identification information does not already exist for the application. For example, a server may search for an account for the application based on the identification information and an account may be created based on the server failing to find an account.
- the created account may be associated with the resource being configured to communicate with the application running in managed mode.
- a created account may be associated with a cloud storage resource being configured to communicate with the application running in managed mode may.
- an account may be identified based on the identification information.
- an account for a user such as a user associated with an enterprise, may be identified based on the identification information, such as credentials for the user.
- the identified account may comprise an enterprise active directory account, an account affiliated with enterprise resource rights, or any other suitable enterprise account.
- enterprise resources may be accessed on an enrolled mobile device by signing onto to the identified accounts, as described above.
- the process of FIG. 16 may proceed from step 1608 to step 1610 , where the created account may be linked with the identified account.
- an account created for an application capable of running in managed mode and unmanaged mode may be linked with an enterprise account, such as an active directory account.
- the application running in managed mode may be able to access system resources based on access rights for the identified account.
- the resource being configured to communicate with the application running in managed mode comprises a cloud storage resource
- the application running in managed mode may access secure data in the cloud storage resourced based on the link.
- the application may access secure data based on the created account.
- a user may login to the created account using the application running in managed mode and credentials for the user, such as a login and password or a token.
- a server such as gateway server 560 , may permit the application running in managed mode to login to the created account based on the provided credentials for the user.
- the application may request access to enterprise data, such as email for the user or secure documents.
- the server may permit access to the application based on the linked account.
- the linked account may comprise an active directory account and/or an account that comprises access rights for the user.
- the application may be permitted to access enterprise data according to access rights comprises in the linked account.
- the application may comprise a bring your own application and device manager 524 may alter and/or configure the application.
- the alteration and/or configuration may comprise adjusting the application such that the application may be run in managed mode.
- an application may be altered and/or configured such that the data stored by the application while it is running in managed mode is encrypted or is stored in a secure data container.
- an application may be altered and/or configured such that the application while it is running in managed mode may communicate with one or more secure resources (e.g., gateway server 560 ).
- the secure resource may comprise a cloud storage resource that has been provisioned to communicate with the application running in managed mode, as described above.
- an application store may provide an application capable of being executed in multiple operations modes.
- An application store may provide downloadable applications to mobile devices. For example, a mobile device may request a list of downloadable applications, and the application store may provide the requested list. The mobile device may then download one of the listed applications from the application store and install the downloaded application.
- an application store may provide a plurality of versions of an application and may provide a version that is capable of running in multiple operation modes.
- an application store may provide a version of an application that is capable of running in managed mode or unmanaged mode, as described above.
- FIG. 17 a flowchart of example method steps for providing a downloadable application capable of executing in multiple modes is shown according to an embodiment.
- FIG. 17 may begin at step 1702 , where a request is received for downloadable applications.
- a mobile device such as mobile device 502 , may request a list of downloadable applications from the application store.
- step 1704 it is determined whether the mobile device is configured to execute an application in multiple modes. For example, it may be determined whether the mobile device is configured to execute an application in managed mode and in unmanaged mode.
- determining whether the mobile device is configured with an application management framework capable of executing an application in managed mode and unmanaged mode may comprise detecting that a managed application associated with an application management framework is installed on the mobile device. For example, it may be detected whether a managed application, such as client agent 604 , that is associated with an application management framework, such as application management framework 614 , is installed on the mobile device. Detecting that an application such as client agent 604 is installed on the mobile device may allow a determination that the mobile device is configured with an application management framework capable of executing an application in managed mode and unmanaged mode.
- determining whether the mobile device is configured with an application management framework capable of executing an application in managed mode and unmanaged mode may comprise detecting that the mobile device is managed by a device manager associated with the application management framework. For example, it may be detected whether a device manager, such as device manager 524 , that is associated with an application management framework, such as application management framework 614 , manages the mobile device. Detecting that a device manager such as device manager 524 manages the mobile device may allow a determination that the mobile device is configured with an application management framework capable of executing an application in managed mode and unmanaged mode.
- a list of downloadable applications may be sent to the mobile device based on the determining.
- a list of downloadable applications may be provided that includes a first version of an application executable in both managed mode and unmanaged mode.
- a list of downloadable applications may be provided that excludes the first version of an application executable in both managed mode and unmanaged mode.
- the application may comprise a file sharing application and a first version of the file sharing application may comprise an application that is executable in both managed mode and unmanaged mode, as described above.
- the first version of the application executable in both managed mode and unmanaged mode may be associated with the application management framework on the mobile device, such as application management framework 614 .
- the first version of the application may be selected based on the association with the application management framework implemented by the mobile device.
- the application store may comprise a plurality of versions of the application executable in managed mode and unmanaged mode, and the first version of the application may be selected for listing because the first version is configured for execution and/or management by the application management framework.
- the first version of the application executable in both unmanaged mode and managed mode may be associated with a device manager that manages the mobile device, such as device manager 524 .
- the first version of the application may be selected based on the association with the device manager.
- the application store may comprise a plurality of versions of the application executable in managed mode and unmanaged mode, and the first version of the application may be selected for listing based on an association with the device manager that manages the mobile device.
- the mobile device may download and install an application.
- the list comprises a version of an application executable in managed mode and unmanaged mode
- the mobile may download the version of the application and install the version of the application.
- the mobile device may then execute the installed application in managed mode or in unmanaged mode.
- an application installed on an enrolled mobile device may comprise an external application.
- an enrolled mobile device may receive an application from an external source unaffiliated with a device manager for the mobile device (e.g., device manger 524 ), such as a general application store, rather than an enterprise source affiliated with a device manager for the enrolled mobile device (e.g. device manager 524 ), such as an enterprise application store.
- the external application may comprise a general application that is not associated with an enterprise application store.
- the external application may request to sign on to an enterprise account and/or an enterprise server.
- An enterprise account may comprise an account associated with an enterprise, such as an account associated with an active directory for an enterprise.
- the external application may comprise an email client, and the email client may request to sign on to an enterprise email account.
- the external application may comprise a cloud storage application, and the cloud storage application may request to sign on to a server that allows access to enterprise resources, such as a gateway server.
- an enrolled mobile device such as enrolled mobile device 502 of FIG. 5
- a server such as gateway server 560 of FIG. 5
- This may comprise an example of a bring your own application (BYOA) embodiment.
- a bring your own application installed on a managed mobile device may be altered and/or configured by a device manager managing the mobile device.
- a bring your own application installed on mobile device 502 may be altered by device manager 524 .
- the alteration and/or configuration may comprise adjusting the application such that the application may be run in managed mode.
- an application may be altered and/or configured such that the data stored by the application while it is running in managed mode is encrypted or is stored in a secure data container.
- an application may be altered and/or configured such that the application while it is running in managed mode may communicate with one or more secure resources (e.g., gateway server 560 ).
- One embodiment may include a method comprising: running, on a mobile device, an application in a first mode, wherein the first mode is a managed mode; running, on the mobile device, the application in a second mode, wherein the second mode is an unmanaged mode, wherein said application is running in the second mode at a mutually exclusive time from when said application is running in the first mode; receiving a request to store data associated with the application; storing the data according to a first protocol when the application is running in the managed mode and storing the data according to a second protocol when the application is running in the unmanaged mode.
- the first protocol may comprise storing data in a first data container and the second protocol may comprise storing data in a second data container mutually exclusive from the first data container.
- Such an embodiment may further comprise restricting the application from accessing the first data container when running in the unmanaged mode.
- Such an embodiment may further include the first protocol comprising encrypting data with a first key prior to storing that data and the second protocol comprising at least one of encrypting data with a second key prior to storing the data and storing data unencrypted.
- the application running in the managed mode is managed by a device manager in accordance with one or more policy files separate from the application and applicable to a plurality of applications.
- Some aspects may also include receiving a signal from the device manager to disable the managed mode of the application. When that happens, the embodiment may locate, in response to the received signal, data stored according to the first protocol, and selectively delete the located data.
- Locating the data stored according to the first protocol may include determining a managed account associated with the application, and locating the data based on the managed account. In some cases, locating data stored according to the first protocol further comprises locating a container that stores data according to the first protocol. In some aspects, locating data stored according to the first protocol further comprises determining an encryption key associated with the first protocol; and locating the data based on the determined encryption key. In some embodiment, the device manager disables the managed mode in response to identifying a black listed application installed on the mobile device. The device manager may disable the managed mode in response to detecting that a managed account associated with the application has expired. The device manager may disable the managed mode in response to detecting that the mobile device has been jailbroken or rooted. In some cases, selectively deleting the located data does not delete personal data associated with the application stored on the mobile device.
- Another embodiment may include a computing device comprising a processor, wherein the computing device is configured to run an application in a first mode, wherein the first mode is a managed mode operating under the control of one or more policy files separate from the application and usable to manage operations of multiple applications executing on the computing device; run the application in a second mode, wherein said application is running in the second mode at a mutually exclusive time from when said application is running in the first mode; receive a request to store data associated with the application; and store the data according to a first protocol when the application is running in the first mode and store the data according to a second protocol when the application is running in the second mode.
- the first protocol comprises storing data in a first data container and the second protocol comprises storing data in a second data container different from the first data container.
- the computing device is further configured to restrict the application from accessing the first data container when running in the second mode.
- the first protocol comprises encrypting data with a first key prior to storing that data and the second protocol comprises at least one of encrypting data with a second key prior to storing the data and storing data unencrypted.
- the first mode is a first managed mode
- the second mode is a second managed mode managed in accordance with at least one different policy file than the first managed mode.
- Yet another embodiment may include one or more non-transitory computer-readable storage media storing computer-executable instructions that, when executed by one or more processors of a data processing system, cause the system to: run an application in a first mode, wherein the first mode is a managed mode; run the application in a second mode, wherein the second mode is an unmanaged mode, wherein said application is running in the second mode at a mutually exclusive time from when said application is running in the first mode; receive a request to store data associated with the application; store the data according to a first protocol when the application is running in the managed mode and store the data according to a second protocol when the application is running in the unmanaged mode.
- a method may include periodically monitoring a mobile device to determine that a new software application is installed on the mobile device; detecting that the application is capable of running in both a first mode and a second mode, wherein the first mode is a managed mode operating under the control of one or more policy files separate from the application and usable to manage operations of multiple applications executing on the computing device; provisioning a resource to communicate with the application such that the resource is configured only to communicate with the application when the application is running in the first mode, and not to communicate with the application when the application is running in the second mode.
- the resource comprises a cloud storage resource that stores secure data.
- provisioning the resource comprises provisioning the cloud data storage resource to allow the application to access secure data stored in the cloud data storage resource while the application is running in the first mode.
- the mobile device is managed by a device manager, and wherein the device manager administers the one or more policy files.
- provisioning the resource further comprises creating an account with the resource for the application associated with identification information from the mobile device; locating a managed account based on the identification information; and linking the managed account to the created account.
- the second mode is a second managed mode operating under the control of one or more policy files different from the first mode.
- the first mode is associated with a first user role
- the second mode is associated with a second user role different from the first user role.
- the first mode is associated with a first workplace environment type
- the second mode is associated with a second workplace environment type.
- the method includes detecting that the application is running in the first mode; and allowing the application to access secure data based on the created account.
- the method includes receiving a request from the application running in the first mode, wherein the request comprises a request to access secure data; and granting the application access to the secure data based on the created account.
- the application is distributed by an enterprise to the device.
- a device with a processor is configured to: periodically monitor a mobile device to determine that a new software application is installed on the mobile device; detect that the application is capable of running in both a first mode and a second mode, wherein the first mode is a managed mode operating under the control of one or more policy files separate from the application and usable to manage operations of multiple applications executing on the computing device; provision a resource to communicate with the application such that the resource is configured only to communicate with the application when the application is running in the first mode, and not to communicate with the application when the application is running in the second mode.
- the resource comprises a cloud storage resource that stores secure data.
- provisioning the resource comprises provisioning the cloud data storage resource to allow the application to access secure data stored in the cloud data storage resource while the application is running in the first mode.
- the mobile device is managed by a device manager, wherein the device manager administers the one or more policy files.
- provisioning the resource further comprises: creating an account with the resource for the application associated with identification information from the mobile device; locating a managed account based on the identification information; and linking the managed account to the created account.
- the second mode is a second managed mode operating under the control of one or more policy files different from the first mode.
- the first mode is associated with a first user role, and the second mode is associated with a second user role.
- the device further is configured to: detect that the application is running in the first mode; and allow the application to access secure data based on the created account.
- one or more non-transitory computer-readable storage media store computer-executable instructions that, when executed by one or more processors of a data processing system, cause the system to perform: periodically monitoring a mobile device to determine that a new software application is installed on the mobile device; detecting that the application is capable of running in both a first mode and a second mode, wherein the first mode is a managed mode operating under the control of one or more policy files separate from the application and usable to manage operations of multiple applications executing on the computing device; and provisioning a resource to communicate with the application such that the resource is configured only to communicate with the application when the application is running in the first mode, and not to communicate with the application when the application is running in the second mode.
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Computer Security & Cryptography (AREA)
- Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
- Signal Processing (AREA)
- Software Systems (AREA)
- Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
- General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Computing Systems (AREA)
- Computer And Data Communications (AREA)
Abstract
Description
- This application is a continuation of co-pending non-provisional application Ser. No. 16/295,273, filed on Mar. 7, 2019, entitled “Data Management for An Application with Multiple Operation Modes, which claims priority to non-provisional application Ser. No. 14/021,227, filed on Sep. 9, 2013, entitled, “Data Management For An Application With Multiple Operation Modes,” which issued as U.S. Pat. No. 10,284,627 on May 7, 2019, which claims priority to provisional application 61/861,736, filed Aug. 2, 2013, entitled “Policy-Based Application Management,” provisional application 61/861,758, filed Aug. 2, 2013, entitled “Data Management for an Application with Multiple Operation Modes,” and provisional application 61/806,577, filed Mar. 29, 2013, entitled “Systems and Methods for Enterprise Mobility Management,” and is a continuation-in-part of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/886,889, filed May 2, 2013, entitled “Application with Multiple Operation Modes,” which issued as U.S. Pat. No. 9,280,377, on Mar. 8, 2016, each of which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety.
- The use of mobile computing devices continues to grow. In particular, business and other enterprises have come to rely on mobile computing devices to allow individuals to remotely access various enterprise resources. Such resources may include, for example, electronic mail services, file services, data, and other electronic resources provided by the computer systems of an enterprise.
- With this insurgence of business use, individuals are beginning to use their mobile computing devices in both business and personal ways. For example, an employee of a corporation may access a corporate email account and a personal email account from the same mobile computing device. Accordingly, certain functionality of a mobile computing device may share business and personal aspects. However, business information often requires secure communication and storage. Additionally, business information stored on a mobile device may require management. Thus, there is a need for a device manager to manage information stored on a mobile device.
- The following presents a simplified summary of various aspects described herein. This summary is not an extensive overview, and is not intended to identify key or critical elements or to delineate the scope of the claims. The following summary merely presents some concepts in a simplified form as an introductory prelude to the more detailed description provided below.
- A method and system for managing an application with multiple operation modes are described herein. A device manager that manages a mobile device may monitor the mobile device. The device manager may detect that a predetermined type of application that runs in an unmanaged mode and a managed mode is installed on the mobile device. The operation mode may be based on a device context or device-related information. For example, the application may run in a first, managed, mode when user credentials authenticate a user as a trusted user, and the application may otherwise run in a second less-secure mode. Operational mode may also be selected based on a physical location of the device, a network location, user credentials, user roles, location types (e.g., healthcare, financial institution premises, schools, government entities, etc., also referred to as workplace environment types), and the like. An application may be executable in more than two operation modes, and may be executable in multiple different managed modes providing different levels of access, security, resources, etc.
- These and additional aspects will be appreciated with the benefit of the disclosures discussed in further detail below.
- A more complete understanding of aspects described herein and the advantages thereof may be acquired by referring to the following description in consideration of the accompanying drawings, in which like reference numbers indicate like features, and wherein:
-
FIG. 1 depicts an illustrative computer system architecture that may be used in accordance with an illustrative embodiment. -
FIG. 2 depicts an illustrative remote-access system architecture that may be used in accordance with an illustrative embodiment. -
FIG. 3 depicts an illustrative virtualized (hypervisor) system architecture that may be used in accordance with an illustrative embodiment. -
FIG. 4 depicts an illustrative cloud-based system architecture that may be used in accordance with an illustrative embodiment. -
FIG. 5 depicts an illustrative enterprise mobility management system that may be used in accordance with an illustrative embodiment. -
FIG. 6 depicts another illustrative enterprise mobility management system that may be used in accordance with an illustrative embodiment. -
FIG. 7 depicts a sample interface of a mobile device in accordance with an illustrative embodiment. -
FIG. 8 is a flowchart for determining an application mode for an application in accordance with an illustrative embodiment. -
FIG. 9 is a flowchart for determining an account type context for an application in accordance with an illustrative embodiment. -
FIG. 10 is a flowchart for determining a location context for an application in accordance with an illustrative embodiment. -
FIG. 11 is a flowchart for determining a predetermine application status context for an application in accordance with an illustrative embodiment. -
FIG. 12 is a flowchart for determining a network connection context for an application in accordance with an illustrative embodiment. -
FIG. 13 is a flowchart for determining a settings context for an application in accordance with an illustrative embodiment. -
FIG. 14 is a flowchart for switching an application mode for an application in accordance with an illustrative embodiment. -
FIG. 15 is a flowchart for managing an application with multiple operation modes in accordance with an illustrative embodiment. -
FIG. 16 is a flowchart for managing a multi-mode application in accordance with an illustrative embodiment. -
FIG. 17 is a flowchart for an app store in accordance with an illustrative embodiment. - In the following description of the various embodiments, reference is made to the accompanying drawings identified above and which form a part hereof, and in which is shown by way of illustration various embodiments in which aspects described herein may be practiced. It is to be understood that other embodiments may be utilized and structural and functional modifications may be made without departing from the scope described herein. Various aspects are capable of other embodiments and of being practiced or being carried out in various different ways.
- As a general introduction to the subject matter described in more detail below, aspects described herein are directed towards controlling remote access to resources at an enterprise computing system using managed mobile applications at mobile computing devices, specifically as used with applications capable of executing in multiple operational modes. An access manager may perform a validation process that determines whether a mobile application requesting access to enterprise resources has accurately identified itself and has not been subsequently altered after installation at the mobile computing device. In this way, the access manager may ensure the mobile application requesting access to the enterprise resource can be trusted and are not attempting to circumvent the security mechanisms used to protect those enterprise resources. As a result, individuals associated with the enterprise may advantageously utilize enterprise resources at their personal mobile devices using preapproved applications.
- It is to be understood that the phraseology and terminology used herein are for the purpose of description and should not be regarded as limiting. Rather, the phrases and terms used herein are to be given their broadest interpretation and meaning. The use of “including” and “comprising” and variations thereof is meant to encompass the items listed thereafter and equivalents thereof as well as additional items and equivalents thereof. The use of the terms “mounted,” “connected,” “coupled,” “positioned,” “engaged” and similar terms, is meant to include both direct and indirect mounting, connecting, coupling, positioning and engaging.
- Computing Architecture
- Computer software, hardware, and networks may be utilized in a variety of different system environments, including standalone, networked, remote-access (aka, remote desktop), virtualized, and/or cloud-based environments, among others.
FIG. 1 illustrates one example of a system architecture and data processing device that may be used to implement one or more illustrative aspects described herein in a standalone and/or networked environment.Various network nodes Network 101 is for illustration purposes and may be replaced with fewer or additional computer networks. A local area network (LAN) may have one or more of any known LAN topology and may use one or more of a variety of different protocols, such as Ethernet.Devices - The term “network” as used herein and depicted in the drawings refers not only to systems in which remote storage devices are coupled together via one or more communication paths, but also to stand-alone devices that may be coupled, from time to time, to such systems that have storage capability. Consequently, the term “network” includes not only a “physical network” but also a “content network,” which is comprised of the data—attributable to a single entity—which resides across all physical networks.
- The components may include
data server 103,web server 105, andclient computers Data server 103 provides overall access, control and administration of databases and control software for performing one or more illustrative aspects describe herein.Data server 103 may be connected toweb server 105 through which users interact with and obtain data as requested. Alternatively,data server 103 may act as a web server itself and be directly connected to the Internet.Data server 103 may be connected toweb server 105 through the network 101 (e.g., the Internet), via direct or indirect connection, or via some other network. Users may interact with thedata server 103 usingremote computers data server 103 via one or more externally exposed web sites hosted byweb server 105.Client computers data server 103 to access data stored therein, or may be used for other purposes. For example, from client device 107 a user may accessweb server 105 using an Internet browser, as is known in the art, or by executing a software application that communicates withweb server 105 and/ordata server 103 over a computer network (such as the Internet). - Servers and applications may be combined on the same physical machines, and retain separate virtual or logical addresses, or may reside on separate physical machines.
FIG. 1 illustrates just one example of a network architecture that may be used, and those of skill in the art will appreciate that the specific network architecture and data processing devices used may vary, and are secondary to the functionality that they provide, as further described herein. For example, services provided byweb server 105 anddata server 103 may be combined on a single server. - Each
component Data server 103, e.g., may include aprocessor 111 controlling overall operation of therate server 103.Data server 103 may further includeRAM 113,ROM 115,network interface 117, input/output interfaces 119 (e.g., keyboard, mouse, display, printer, etc.), andmemory 121. I/O 119 may include a variety of interface units and drives for reading, writing, displaying, and/or printing data or files.Memory 121 may further storeoperating system software 123 for controlling overall operation of thedata processing device 103,control logic 125 for instructingdata server 103 to perform aspects described herein, andother application software 127 providing secondary, support, and/or other functionality which may or might not be used in conjunction with aspects described herein. The control logic may also be referred to herein as thedata server software 125. Functionality of the data server software may refer to operations or decisions made automatically based on rules coded into the control logic, made manually by a user providing input into the system, and/or a combination of automatic processing based on user input (e.g., queries, data updates, etc.). -
Memory 121 may also store data used in performance of one or more aspects described herein, including afirst database 129 and asecond database 131. In some embodiments, the first database may include the second database (e.g., as a separate table, report, etc.). That is, the information can be stored in a single database, or separated into different logical, virtual, or physical databases, depending on system design.Devices device 103. Those of skill in the art will appreciate that the functionality of data processing device 103 (ordevice - One or more aspects may be embodied in computer-usable or readable data and/or computer-executable instructions, such as in one or more program modules, executed by one or more computers or other devices as described herein. Generally, program modules include routines, programs, objects, components, data structures, etc. that perform particular tasks or implement particular abstract data types when executed by a processor in a computer or other device. The modules may be written in a source code programming language that is subsequently compiled for execution, or may be written in a scripting language such as (but not limited to) HTML or XML. The computer executable instructions may be stored on a computer readable medium such as a nonvolatile storage device. Any suitable computer readable storage media may be utilized, including hard disks, CD-ROMs, optical storage devices, magnetic storage devices, and/or any combination thereof. In addition, various transmission (non-storage) media representing data or events as described herein may be transferred between a source and a destination in the form of electromagnetic waves traveling through signal-conducting media such as metal wires, optical fibers, and/or wireless transmission media (e.g., air and/or space). Various aspects described herein may be embodied as a method, a data processing system, or a computer program product. Therefore, various functionalities may be embodied in whole or in part in software, firmware and/or hardware or hardware equivalents such as integrated circuits, field programmable gate arrays (FPGA), and the like. Particular data structures may be used to more effectively implement one or more aspects described herein, and such data structures are contemplated within the scope of computer executable instructions and computer-usable data described herein.
- With further reference to
FIG. 2 , one or more aspects described herein may be implemented in a remote-access environment.FIG. 2 depicts an example system architecture including ageneric computing device 201 in anillustrative computing environment 200 that may be used according to one or more illustrative aspects described herein.Generic computing device 201 may be used as a server 206 a in a single-server or multi-server desktop virtualization system (e.g., a remote access or cloud system) configured to provide virtual machines for client access devices. Thegeneric computing device 201 may have aprocessor 203 for controlling overall operation of the server and its associated components, including random access memory (RAM) 205, read-only memory (ROM) 207, input/output (I/O)module 209, andmemory 215. - I/
O module 209 may include a mouse, keypad, touch screen, scanner, optical reader, and/or stylus (or other input device(s)) through which a user ofgeneric computing device 201 may provide input, and may also include one or more of a speaker for providing audio output and a video display device for providing textual, audiovisual, and/or graphical output. Software may be stored withinmemory 215 and/or other storage to provide instructions toprocessor 203 for configuringgeneric computing device 201 into a special purpose computing device in order to perform various functions as described herein. For example,memory 215 may store software used by thecomputing device 201, such as anoperating system 217,application programs 219, and an associateddatabase 221. -
Computing device 201 may operate in a networked environment supporting connections to one or more remote computers, such as terminals 240 (also referred to as client devices). Theterminals 240 may be personal computers, mobile devices, laptop computers, tablets, or servers that include many or all of the elements described above with respect to thegeneric computing device FIG. 2 include a local area network (LAN) 225 and a wide area network (WAN) 229, but may also include other networks. When used in a LAN networking environment,computing device 201 may be connected to theLAN 225 through a network interface oradapter 223. When used in a WAN networking environment,computing device 201 may include amodem 227 or other wide area network interface for establishing communications over theWAN 229, such as computer network 230 (e.g., the Internet). It will be appreciated that the network connections shown are illustrative and other means of establishing a communications link between the computers may be used.Computing device 201 and/orterminals 240 may also be mobile terminals (e.g., mobile phones, smartphones, PDAs, notebooks, etc.) including various other components, such as a battery, speaker, and antennas (not shown). - Aspects described herein may also be operational with numerous other general purpose or special purpose computing system environments or configurations. Examples of other computing systems, environments, and/or configurations that may be suitable for use with aspects described herein include, but are not limited to, personal computers, server computers, hand-held or laptop devices, multiprocessor systems, microprocessor-based systems, set top boxes, programmable consumer electronics, network PCs, minicomputers, mainframe computers, distributed computing environments that include any of the above systems or devices, and the like.
- As shown in
FIG. 2 , one ormore client devices 240 may be in communication with one ormore servers 206 a-206 n (generally referred to herein as “server(s) 206”). In one embodiment, thecomputing environment 200 may include a network appliance installed between the server(s) 206 and client machine(s) 240. The network appliance may manage client/server connections, and in some cases can load balance client connections amongst a plurality ofbackend servers 206. - The client machine(s) 240 may in some embodiments be referred to as a
single client machine 240 or a single group ofclient machines 240, while server(s) 206 may be referred to as asingle server 206 or a single group ofservers 206. In one embodiment asingle client machine 240 communicates with more than oneserver 206, while in another embodiment asingle server 206 communicates with more than oneclient machine 240. In yet another embodiment, asingle client machine 240 communicates with asingle server 206. - A
client machine 240 can, in some embodiments, be referenced by any one of the following non-exhaustive terms: client machine(s); client(s); client computer(s); client device(s); client computing device(s); local machine; remote machine; client node(s); endpoint(s); or endpoint node(s). Theserver 206, in some embodiments, may be referenced by any one of the following non-exhaustive terms: server(s), local machine; remote machine; server farm(s), or host computing device(s). - In one embodiment, the
client machine 240 may be a virtual machine. The virtual machine may be any virtual machine, while in some embodiments the virtual machine may be any virtual machine managed by a Type 1 or Type 2 hypervisor, for example, a hypervisor developed by Citrix Systems, IBM, VMware, or any other hypervisor. In some aspects, the virtual machine may be managed by a hypervisor, while in aspects the virtual machine may be managed by a hypervisor executing on aserver 206 or a hypervisor executing on aclient 240. - Some embodiments include a
client device 240 that displays application output generated by an application remotely executing on aserver 206 or other remotely located machine. In these embodiments, theclient device 240 may execute a virtual machine receiver program or application to display the output in an application window, a browser, or other output window. In one example, the application is a desktop, while in other examples the application is an application that generates or presents a desktop. A desktop may include a graphical shell providing a user interface for an instance of an operating system in which local and/or remote applications can be integrated. Applications, as used herein, are programs that execute after an instance of an operating system (and, optionally, also the desktop) has been loaded. - The
server 206, in some embodiments, uses a remote presentation protocol or other program to send data to a thin-client or remote-display application executing on the client to present display output generated by an application executing on theserver 206. The thin-client or remote-display protocol can be any one of the following non-exhaustive list of protocols: the Independent Computing Architecture (ICA) protocol developed by Citrix Systems, Inc. of Ft. Lauderdale, Fla.; or the Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP) manufactured by the Microsoft Corporation of Redmond, Wash. - A remote computing environment may include more than one
server 206 a-206 n such that theservers 206 a-206 n are logically grouped together into aserver farm 206, for example, in a cloud computing environment. Theserver farm 206 may includeservers 206 that are geographically dispersed while and logically grouped together, orservers 206 that are located proximate to each other while logically grouped together. Geographically dispersedservers 206 a-206 n within aserver farm 206 can, in some embodiments, communicate using a WAN (wide), MAN (metropolitan), or LAN (local), where different geographic regions can be characterized as: different continents; different regions of a continent; different countries; different states; different cities; different campuses; different rooms; or any combination of the preceding geographical locations. In some embodiments theserver farm 206 may be administered as a single entity, while in other embodiments theserver farm 206 can include multiple server farms. - In some embodiments, a server farm may include
servers 206 that execute a substantially similar type of operating system platform (e.g., WINDOWS, UNIX, LINUX, iOS, ANDROID, SYMBIAN, etc.) In other embodiments,server farm 206 may include a first group of one or more servers that execute a first type of operating system platform, and a second group of one or more servers that execute a second type of operating system platform. -
Server 206 may be configured as any type of server, as needed, e.g., a file server, an application server, a web server, a proxy server, an appliance, a network appliance, a gateway, an application gateway, a gateway server, a virtualization server, a deployment server, a SSL VPN server, a firewall, a web server, an application server or as a master application server, a server executing an active directory, or a server executing an application acceleration program that provides firewall functionality, application functionality, or load balancing functionality. Other server types may also be used. - Some embodiments include a first server 106 a that receives requests from a
client machine 240, forwards the request to a second server 106 b, and responds to the request generated by theclient machine 240 with a response from the second server 106 b. First server 106 a may acquire an enumeration of applications available to theclient machine 240 and well as address information associated with anapplication server 206 hosting an application identified within the enumeration of applications. First server 106 a can then present a response to the client's request using a web interface, and communicate directly with theclient 240 to provide theclient 240 with access to an identified application. One ormore clients 240 and/or one ormore servers 206 may transmit data overnetwork 230, e.g.,network 101. -
FIG. 2 shows a high-level architecture of an illustrative desktop virtualization system. As shown, the desktop virtualization system may be single-server or multi-server system, or cloud system, including at least onevirtualization server 206 configured to provide virtual desktops and/or virtual applications to one or moreclient access devices 240. As used herein, a desktop refers to a graphical environment or space in which one or more applications may be hosted and/or executed. A desktop may include a graphical shell providing a user interface for an instance of an operating system in which local and/or remote applications can be integrated. Applications may include programs that execute after an instance of an operating system (and, optionally, also the desktop) has been loaded. Each instance of the operating system may be physical (e.g., one operating system per device) or virtual (e.g., many instances of an OS running on a single device). Each application may be executed on a local device, or executed on a remotely located device (e.g., remoted). - With further reference to
FIG. 3 , acomputer device 301 may be configured as a virtualization server in a virtualization environment, for example, a single-server, multi-server, or cloud computing environment.Virtualization server 301 illustrated inFIG. 3 can be deployed as and/or implemented by one or more embodiments of theserver 206 illustrated inFIG. 2 or by other known computing devices. Included invirtualization server 301 is a hardware layer that can include one or morephysical disks 304, one or morephysical devices 306, one or morephysical processors 308 and one or morephysical memories 316. In some embodiments,firmware 312 can be stored within a memory element in thephysical memory 316 and can be executed by one or more of thephysical processors 308.Virtualization server 301 may further include anoperating system 314 that may be stored in a memory element in thephysical memory 316 and executed by one or more of thephysical processors 308. Still further, ahypervisor 302 may be stored in a memory element in thephysical memory 316 and can be executed by one or more of thephysical processors 308. - Executing on one or more of the
physical processors 308 may be one or morevirtual machines 332A-C (generally 332). Each virtual machine 332 may have avirtual disk 326A-C and avirtual processor 328A-C. In some embodiments, a firstvirtual machine 332A may execute, using avirtual processor 328A, acontrol program 320 that includes atools stack 324.Control program 320 may be referred to as a control virtual machine, Dom0, Domain 0, or other virtual machine used for system administration and/or control. In some embodiments, one or morevirtual machines 332B-C can execute, using avirtual processor 328B-C, aguest operating system 330A-B. -
Virtualization server 301 may include ahardware layer 310 with one or more pieces of hardware that communicate with thevirtualization server 301. In some embodiments, thehardware layer 310 can include one or morephysical disks 304, one or morephysical devices 306, one or morephysical processors 308, and one or more memory 216.Physical components Physical devices 306 may include, for example, a network interface card, a video card, a keyboard, a mouse, an input device, a monitor, a display device, speakers, an optical drive, a storage device, a universal serial bus connection, a printer, a scanner, a network element (e.g., router, firewall, network address translator, load balancer, virtual private network (VPN) gateway, Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) router, etc.), or any device connected to or communicating withvirtualization server 301.Physical memory 316 in thehardware layer 310 may include any type of memory.Physical memory 316 may store data, and in some embodiments may store one or more programs, or set of executable instructions.FIG. 3 illustrates an embodiment wherefirmware 312 is stored within thephysical memory 316 ofvirtualization server 301. Programs or executable instructions stored in thephysical memory 316 can be executed by the one ormore processors 308 ofvirtualization server 301. -
Virtualization server 301 may also include ahypervisor 302. In some embodiments,hypervisor 302 may be a program executed byprocessors 308 onvirtualization server 301 to create and manage any number of virtual machines 332.Hypervisor 302 may be referred to as a virtual machine monitor, or platform virtualization software. In some embodiments,hypervisor 302 can be any combination of executable instructions and hardware that monitors virtual machines executing on a computing machine.Hypervisor 302 may be Type 2 hypervisor, where the hypervisor that executes within anoperating system 314 executing on thevirtualization server 301. Virtual machines then execute at a level above the hypervisor. In some embodiments, the Type 2 hypervisor executes within the context of a user's operating system such that the Type 2 hypervisor interacts with the user's operating system. In other embodiments, one ormore virtualization servers 201 in a virtualization environment may instead include a Type 1 hypervisor (Not Shown). A Type 1 hypervisor may execute on thevirtualization server 301 by directly accessing the hardware and resources within thehardware layer 310. That is, while a Type 2hypervisor 302 accesses system resources through ahost operating system 314, as shown, a Type 1 hypervisor may directly access all system resources without thehost operating system 314. A Type 1 hypervisor may execute directly on one or morephysical processors 308 ofvirtualization server 301, and may include program data stored in thephysical memory 316. -
Hypervisor 302, in some embodiments, can provide virtual resources to operating systems 330 orcontrol programs 320 executing on virtual machines 332 in any manner that simulates the operating systems 330 orcontrol programs 320 having direct access to system resources. System resources can include, but are not limited to,physical devices 306,physical disks 304,physical processors 308,physical memory 316 and any other component included invirtualization server 301hardware layer 310.Hypervisor 302 may be used to emulate virtual hardware, partition physical hardware, virtualize physical hardware, and/or execute virtual machines that provide access to computing environments. In still other embodiments,hypervisor 302 controls processor scheduling and memory partitioning for a virtual machine 332 executing onvirtualization server 301.Hypervisor 302 may include those manufactured by VMWare, Inc., of Palo Alto, Calif.; the XEN hypervisor, an open source product whose development is overseen by the open source Xen.org community; HyperV, VirtualServer or virtual PC hypervisors provided by Microsoft, or others. In some embodiments,virtualization server 301 executes ahypervisor 302 that creates a virtual machine platform on which guest operating systems may execute. In these embodiments, thevirtualization server 301 may be referred to as a host server. An example of such a virtualization server is the XEN SERVER provided by Citrix Systems, Inc., of Fort Lauderdale, Fla. -
Hypervisor 302 may create one or morevirtual machines 332B-C (generally 332) in which guest operating systems 330 execute. In some embodiments,hypervisor 302 may load a virtual machine image to create a virtual machine 332. In other embodiments, thehypervisor 302 may executes a guest operating system 330 within virtual machine 332. In still other embodiments, virtual machine 332 may execute guest operating system 330. - In addition to creating virtual machines 332,
hypervisor 302 may control the execution of at least one virtual machine 332. In other embodiments,hypervisor 302 may presents at least one virtual machine 332 with an abstraction of at least one hardware resource provided by the virtualization server 301 (e.g., any hardware resource available within the hardware layer 310). In other embodiments,hypervisor 302 may control the manner in which virtual machines 332 accessphysical processors 308 available invirtualization server 301. Controlling access tophysical processors 308 may include determining whether a virtual machine 332 should have access to aprocessor 308, and how physical processor capabilities are presented to the virtual machine 332. - As shown in
FIG. 3 ,virtualization server 301 may host or execute one or more virtual machines 332. A virtual machine 332 is a set of executable instructions that, when executed by aprocessor 308, imitate the operation of a physical computer such that the virtual machine 332 can execute programs and processes much like a physical computing device. WhileFIG. 3 illustrates an embodiment where avirtualization server 301 hosts three virtual machines 332, in otherembodiments virtualization server 301 can host any number of virtual machines 332.Hypervisor 302, in some embodiments, provides each virtual machine 332 with a unique virtual view of the physical hardware, memory, processor and other system resources available to that virtual machine 332. In some embodiments, the unique virtual view can be based on one or more of virtual machine permissions, application of a policy engine to one or more virtual machine identifiers, a user accessing a virtual machine, the applications executing on a virtual machine, networks accessed by a virtual machine, or any other desired criteria. For instance,hypervisor 302 may create one or more unsecure virtual machines 332 and one or more secure virtual machines 332. Unsecure virtual machines 332 may be prevented from accessing resources, hardware, memory locations, and programs that secure virtual machines 332 may be permitted to access. In other embodiments,hypervisor 302 may provide each virtual machine 332 with a substantially similar virtual view of the physical hardware, memory, processor and other system resources available to the virtual machines 332. - Each virtual machine 332 may include a
virtual disk 326A-C (generally 326) and avirtual processor 328A-C (generally 328.) The virtual disk 326, in some embodiments, is a virtualized view of one or morephysical disks 304 of thevirtualization server 301, or a portion of one or morephysical disks 304 of thevirtualization server 301. The virtualized view of thephysical disks 304 can be generated, provided and managed by thehypervisor 302. In some embodiments,hypervisor 302 provides each virtual machine 332 with a unique view of thephysical disks 304. Thus, in these embodiments, the particular virtual disk 326 included in each virtual machine 332 can be unique when compared with the other virtual disks 326. - A virtual processor 328 can be a virtualized view of one or more
physical processors 308 of thevirtualization server 301. In some embodiments, the virtualized view of thephysical processors 308 can be generated, provided and managed byhypervisor 302. In some embodiments, virtual processor 328 has substantially all of the same characteristics of at least onephysical processor 308. In other embodiments,virtual processor 308 provides a modified view ofphysical processors 308 such that at least some of the characteristics of the virtual processor 328 are different than the characteristics of the correspondingphysical processor 308. - With further reference to
FIG. 4 , some aspects described herein may be implemented in a cloud-based environment.FIG. 4 illustrates an example of a cloud computing environment (or cloud system) 400. As seen inFIG. 4 , client computers 411-414 may communicate with acloud management server 410 to access the computing resources (e.g., host servers 403, storage resources 404, and network resources 405) of the cloud system. -
Management server 410 may be implemented on one or more physical servers. Themanagement server 410 may run, for example, CLOUDSTACK by Citrix Systems, Inc. of Ft. Lauderdale, Fla., or OPENSTACK, among others.Management server 410 may manage various computing resources, including cloud hardware and software resources, for example, host computers 403, data storage devices 404, and networking devices 405. The cloud hardware and software resources may include private and/or public components. For example, a cloud may be configured as a private cloud to be used by one or more particular customers or client computers 411-414 and/or over a private network. In other embodiments, public clouds or hybrid public-private clouds may be used by other customers over an open or hybrid networks. -
Management server 410 may be configured to provide user interfaces through which cloud operators and cloud customers may interact with the cloud system. For example, themanagement server 410 may provide a set of APIs and/or one or more cloud operator console applications (e.g., web-based on standalone applications) with user interfaces to allow cloud operators to manage the cloud resources, configure the virtualization layer, manage customer accounts, and perform other cloud administration tasks. Themanagement server 410 also may include a set of APIs and/or one or more customer console applications with user interfaces configured to receive cloud computing requests from end users via client computers 411-414, for example, requests to create, modify, or destroy virtual machines within the cloud. Client computers 411-414 may connect tomanagement server 410 via the Internet or other communication network, and may request access to one or more of the computing resources managed bymanagement server 410. In response to client requests, themanagement server 410 may include a resource manager configured to select and provision physical resources in the hardware layer of the cloud system based on the client requests. For example, themanagement server 410 and additional components of the cloud system may be configured to provision, create, and manage virtual machines and their operating environments (e.g., hypervisors, storage resources, services offered by the network elements, etc.) for customers at client computers 411-414, over a network (e.g., the Internet), providing customers with computational resources, data storage services, networking capabilities, and computer platform and application support. Cloud systems also may be configured to provide various specific services, including security systems, development environments, user interfaces, and the like. - Certain clients 411-414 may be related, for example, different client computers creating virtual machines on behalf of the same end user, or different users affiliated with the same company or organization. In other examples, certain clients 411-414 may be unrelated, such as users affiliated with different companies or organizations. For unrelated clients, information on the virtual machines or storage of any one user may be hidden from other users.
- Referring now to the physical hardware layer of a cloud computing environment, availability zones 401-402 (or zones) may refer to a collocated set of physical computing resources. Zones may be geographically separated from other zones in the overall cloud of computing resources. For example,
zone 401 may be a first cloud datacenter located in California, andzone 402 may be a second cloud datacenter located in Florida. Management sever 410 may be located at one of the availability zones, or at a separate location. Each zone may include an internal network that interfaces with devices that are outside of the zone, such as themanagement server 410, through a gateway. End users of the cloud (e.g., clients 411-414) might or might not be aware of the distinctions between zones. For example, an end user may request the creation of a virtual machine having a specified amount of memory, processing power, and network capabilities. Themanagement server 410 may respond to the user's request and may allocate the resources to create the virtual machine without the user knowing whether the virtual machine was created using resources fromzone 401 orzone 402. In other examples, the cloud system may allow end users to request that virtual machines (or other cloud resources) are allocated in a specific zone or on specific resources 403-405 within a zone. - In this example, each zone 401-402 may include an arrangement of various physical hardware components (or computing resources) 403-405, for example, physical hosting resources (or processing resources), physical network resources, physical storage resources, switches, and additional hardware resources that may be used to provide cloud computing services to customers. The physical hosting resources in a cloud zone 401-402 may include one or more computer servers 403, such as the
virtualization servers 301 described above, which may be configured to create and host virtual machine instances. The physical network resources in acloud zone - The example cloud computing environment shown in
FIG. 4 also may include a virtualization layer (e.g., as shown inFIGS. 1-3 ) with additional hardware and/or software resources configured to create and manage virtual machines and provide other services to customers using the physical resources in the cloud. The virtualization layer may include hypervisors, as described above inFIG. 3 , along with other components to provide network virtualizations, storage virtualizations, etc. The virtualization layer may be as a separate layer from the physical resource layer, or may share some or all of the same hardware and/or software resources with the physical resource layer. For example, the virtualization layer may include a hypervisor installed in each of the virtualization servers 403 with the physical computing resources. Known cloud systems may alternatively be used, e.g., WINDOWS AZURE (Microsoft Corporation of Redmond Wash.), AMAZON EC2 (Amazon.com Inc. of Seattle, Wash.), IBM BLUE CLOUD (IBM Corporation of Armonk, N.Y.), or others. - Enterprise Mobility Management Architecture
-
FIG. 5 represents an enterprise mobilitytechnical architecture 500 for use in a BYOD environment. The architecture enables a user of amobile device 502 to both access enterprise or personal resources from amobile device 502 and use themobile device 502 for personal use. The user may accesssuch enterprise resources 504 orenterprise services 508 using amobile device 502 that is purchased by the user or amobile device 502 that is provided by the enterprise to user. The user may utilize themobile device 502 for business use only or for business and personal use. The mobile device may run an iOS operating system, and Android operating system, or the like. The enterprise may choose to implement policies to manage themobile device 504. The policies may be implanted through a firewall or gateway in such a way that the mobile device may be identified, secured or security verified, and provided selective or full access to the enterprise resources. The policies may be mobile device management policies, mobile application management policies, mobile data management policies, or some combination of mobile device, application, and data management policies. Amobile device 504 that is managed through the application of mobile device management policies may be referred to as a managed device. - In some embodiments, the operating system of the mobile device may be separated into a managed
partition 510 and an unmanaged partition 512. The managedpartition 510 may have policies applied to it to secure the applications running on and data stored in the managed partition. The applications running on the managed partition may be secure applications. In other embodiments, all applications may execute in accordance with a set of one or more policy files received separate from the application, and which define one or more security parameters, features, resource restrictions, and/or other access controls that are enforced by the mobile device management system when that application is executing on the device. By operating in accordance with their respective policy file(s), each application may be allowed or restricted from communications with one or more other applications and/or resources, thereby creating a virtual partition. Thus, as used herein, a partition may refer to a physically partitioned portion of memory (physical partition), a logically partitioned portion of memory (logical partition), and/or a virtual partition created as a result of enforcement of one or more policies and/or policy files across multiple apps as described herein (virtual partition). Stated differently, by enforcing policies on managed apps, those apps may be restricted to only be able to communicate with other managed apps and trusted enterprise resources, thereby creating a virtual partition that is impenetrable by unmanaged apps and devices. - The secure applications may be email applications, web browsing applications, software-as-a-service (SaaS) access applications, Windows Application access applications, and the like. The secure applications may be secure
native applications 514, secureremote applications 522 executed by asecure application launcher 518,virtualization applications 526 executed by asecure application launcher 518, and the like. The securenative applications 514 may be wrapped by asecure application wrapper 520. Thesecure application wrapper 520 may include integrated policies that are executed on themobile device 502 when the secure native application is executed on the device. Thesecure application wrapper 520 may include meta-data that points the securenative application 514 running on themobile device 502 to the resources hosted at the enterprise that the securenative application 514 may require to complete the task requested upon execution of the securenative application 514. The secureremote applications 522 executed by asecure application launcher 518 may be executed within the secureapplication launcher application 518. Thevirtualization applications 526 executed by asecure application launcher 518 may utilize resources on themobile device 502, at theenterprise resources 504, and the like. The resources used on themobile device 502 by thevirtualization applications 526 executed by asecure application launcher 518 may include user interaction resources, processing resources, and the like. The user interaction resources may be used to collect and transmit keyboard input, mouse input, camera input, tactile input, audio input, visual input, gesture input, and the like. The processing resources may be used to present a user interface, process data received from theenterprise resources 504, and the like. The resources used at theenterprise resources 504 by thevirtualization applications 526 executed by asecure application launcher 518 may include user interface generation resources, processing resources, and the like. The user interface generation resources may be used to assemble a user interface, modify a user interface, refresh a user interface, and the like. The processing resources may be used to create information, read information, update information, delete information, and the like. For example, the virtualization application may record user interactions associated with a GUI and communicate them to a server application where the server application will use the user interaction data as an input to the application operating on the server. In this arrangement, an enterprise may elect to maintain the application on the server side as well as data, files, etc. associated with the application. While an enterprise may elect to “mobilize” some applications in accordance with the principles herein by securing them for deployment on the mobile device, this arrangement may also be elected for certain applications. For example, while some applications may be secured for use on the mobile device, others might not be prepared or appropriate for deployment on the mobile device so the enterprise may elect to provide the mobile user access to the unprepared applications through virtualization techniques. As another example, the enterprise may have large complex applications with large and complex data sets (e.g., material resource planning applications) where it would be very difficult, or otherwise undesirable, to customize the application for the mobile device so the enterprise may elect to provide access to the application through virtualization techniques. As yet another example, the enterprise may have an application that maintains highly secured data (e.g. human resources data, customer data, engineering data) that may be deemed by the enterprise as too sensitive for even the secured mobile environment so the enterprise may elect to use virtualization techniques to permit mobile access to such applications and data. An enterprise may elect to provide both fully secured and fully functional applications on the mobile device as well as a virtualization application to allow access to applications that are deemed more properly operated on the server side. In an embodiment, the virtualization application may store some data, files, etc. on the mobile phone in one of the secure storage locations. An enterprise, for example, may elect to allow certain information to be stored on the phone while not permitting other information. - In connection with the virtualization application, as described herein, the mobile device may have a virtualization application that is designed to present GUI's and then record/pass-through user interactions with the GUI. The application may communicate the user interactions to the server side to be used by the server side application as user interactions with the application. In response, the application on the server side may transmit back to the mobile device a new GUI. For example, the new GUI may be a static page, a dynamic page, an animation, or the like, thereby providing access to remotely located resources.
- The secure applications may access data stored in a
secure data container 528 in the managedpartition 510 of the mobile device. The data secured in the secure data container may be accessed by the secure wrappedapplications 514, applications executed by asecure application launcher 522,virtualization applications 526 executed by asecure application launcher 522, and the like. The data stored in thesecure data container 528 may include files, databases, and the like. The data stored in thesecure data container 528 may include data restricted to a specificsecure application 530, shared amongsecure applications 532, and the like. Data restricted to a secure application may include securegeneral data 534 and highlysecure data 538. Secure general data may use a strong form of encryption such as AES 128-bit encryption or the like, while highlysecure data 538 may use a very strong form of encryption such as AES 254-bit encryption. Data stored in thesecure data container 528 may be deleted from the device upon receipt of a command from thedevice manager 524. The secure applications may have a dual-mode option 540. The dual mode option 540 may present the user with an option to operate the secured application in an unsecured mode. In an unsecured mode, the secure applications may access data stored in anunsecured data container 542 on the unmanaged partition 512 of themobile device 502. The data stored in an unsecured data container may bepersonal data 544. The data stored in anunsecured data container 542 may also be accessed byunsecured applications 548 that are running on the unmanaged partition 512 of themobile device 502. The data stored in anunsecured data container 542 may remain on themobile device 502 when the data stored in thesecure data container 528 is deleted from themobile device 502. An enterprise may want to delete from the mobile device selected or all data, files, and/or applications owned, licensed or controlled by the enterprise (enterprise data) while leaving or otherwise preserving personal data, files, and/or applications owned, licensed or controlled by the user (personal data). This operation may be referred to as a selective wipe. With the enterprise and personal data arranged in accordance to the aspects described herein, an enterprise may perform a selective wipe. - The mobile device may connect to
enterprise resources 504 andenterprise services 508 at an enterprise, to thepublic Internet 548, and the like. The mobile device may connect toenterprise resources 504 andenterprise services 508 through virtual private network connections. The virtual private network connections, also referred to as microVPN or application-specific VPN, may be specific toparticular applications 550, particular devices, particular secured areas on the mobile device, and the like 552. For example, each of the wrapped applications in the secured area of the phone may access enterprise resources through an application specific VPN such that access to the VPN would be granted based on attributes associated with the application, possibly in conjunction with user or device attribute information. The virtual private network connections may carry Microsoft Exchange traffic, Microsoft Active Directory traffic, HTTP traffic, HTTPS traffic, application management traffic, and the like. The virtual private network connections may support and enable single-sign-on authentication processes 554. The single-sign-on processes may allow a user to provide a single set of authentication credentials, which are then verified by anauthentication service 558. Theauthentication service 558 may then grant to the user access tomultiple enterprise resources 504, without requiring the user to provide authentication credentials to eachindividual enterprise resource 504. - The virtual private network connections may be established and managed by an
access gateway 560. Theaccess gateway 560 may include performance enhancement features that manage, accelerate, and improve the delivery ofenterprise resources 504 to themobile device 502. The access gateway may also re-route traffic from themobile device 502 to thepublic Internet 548, enabling themobile device 502 to access publicly available and unsecured applications that run on thepublic Internet 548. The mobile device may connect to the access gateway via a transport network 562. The transport network 562 may be a wired network, wireless network, cloud network, local area network, metropolitan area network, wide area network, public network, private network, and the like. - The
enterprise resources 504 may include email servers, file sharing servers, SaaS applications, Web application servers, Windows application servers, and the like. Email servers may include Exchange servers, Lotus Notes servers, and the like. File sharing servers may include ShareFile servers, and the like. SaaS applications may include Salesforce, and the like. - Windows application servers may include any application server that is built to provide applications that are intended to run on a local Windows operating system, and the like. The
enterprise resources 504 may be premise-based resources, cloud based resources, and the like. Theenterprise resources 504 may be accessed by themobile device 502 directly or through theaccess gateway 560. Theenterprise resources 504 may be accessed by themobile device 502 via a transport network 562. The transport network 562 may be a wired network, wireless network, cloud network, local area network, metropolitan area network, wide area network, public network, private network, and the like. - The enterprise services 508 may include
authentication services 558,threat detection services 564,device manager services 524,file sharing services 568,policy manager services 570,social integration services 572,application controller services 574, and the like.Authentication services 558 may include user authentication services, device authentication services, application authentication services, data authentication services and the like.Authentication services 558 may use certificates. The certificates may be stored on themobile device 502, by theenterprise resources 504, and the like. The certificates stored on themobile device 502 may be stored in an encrypted location on the mobile device, the certificate may be temporarily stored on themobile device 502 for use at the time of authentication, and the like.Threat detection services 564 may include intrusion detection services, unauthorized access attempt detection services, and the like. Unauthorized access attempt detection services may include unauthorized attempts to access devices, applications, data, and the like.Device management services 524 may include configuration, provisioning, security, support, monitoring, reporting, and decommissioning services.File sharing services 568 may include file management services, file storage services, file collaboration services, and the like.Policy manager services 570 may include device policy manager services, application policy manager services, data policy manager services, and the like.Social integration services 572 may include contact integration services, collaboration services, integration with social networks such as Facebook, Twitter, and LinkedIn, and the like.Application controller services 574 may include management services, provisioning services, deployment services, assignment services, revocation services, wrapping services, and the like. - The enterprise mobility
technical architecture 500 may include anapplication store 578. Theapplication store 578 may include unwrappedapplications 580,pre-wrapped applications 582, and the like. Applications may be populated in theapplication store 578 from theapplication controller 574. Theapplication store 578 may be accessed by themobile device 502 through theaccess gateway 560, through thepublic Internet 548, or the like. The application store may be provided with an intuitive and easy to use User Interface. Theapplication store 578 may provide access to asoftware development kit 584. Thesoftware development kit 584 may provide a user the capability to secure applications selected by the user by wrapping the application as described previously in this description. An application that has been wrapped using thesoftware development kit 584 may then be made available to themobile device 502 by populating it in theapplication store 578 using theapplication controller 574. - The enterprise mobility
technical architecture 500 may include a management and analytics capability 588. The management and analytics capability 588 may provide information related to how resources are used, how often resources are used, and the like. Resources may include devices, applications, data, and the like. How resources are used may include which devices download which applications, which applications access which data, and the like. How often resources are used may include how often an application has been downloaded, how many times a specific set of data has been accessed by an application, and the like. -
FIG. 6 is another illustrative enterprisemobility management system 600. Some of the components of themobility management system 500 described above with reference toFIG. 5 have been omitted for the sake of simplicity. The architecture of thesystem 600 depicted inFIG. 6 is similar in many respects to the architecture of thesystem 500 described above with reference toFIG. 5 and may include additional features not mentioned above. - In this case, the left hand side represents a managed
mobile device 602 with aclient agent 604, which interacts with gateway server 606 (which includes Access Gateway and App Controller functionality) to accessvarious enterprise resources 608 andservices 609 such as Exchange, Sharepoint, PKI Resources, Kerberos Resources, Certificate Issuance service, as shown on the right hand side above. Although not specifically shown, themobile device 602 may also interact with an enterprise application store (StoreFront) for the selection and downloading of applications. - The
client agent 604 acts as the UI (user interface) intermediary for Windows apps/desktops hosted in an Enterprise data center, which are accessed using the HDX/ICA display remoting protocol. Theclient agent 604 also supports the installation and management of native applications on themobile device 602, such as native iOS or Android applications. For example, the managed applications 610 (mail, browser, wrapped application) shown in the figure above are all native applications that execute locally on the device.Client agent 604 and application management framework of this architecture act to provide policy driven management capabilities and features such as connectivity and SSO (single sign on) to enterprise resources/services 608. Theclient agent 604 handles primary user authentication to the enterprise, normally to Access Gateway (AG) with SSO to other gateway server components. Theclient agent 604 obtains policies fromgateway server 606 to control the behavior of the managedapplications 610 on themobile device 602. - The Secure IPC links 612 between the
native applications 610 andclient agent 604 represent a management channel, which allows client agent to supply policies to be enforced by theapplication management framework 614 “wrapping” each application. TheIPC channel 612 also allowsclient agent 604 to supply credential and authentication information that enables connectivity and SSO toenterprise resources 608. Finally theIPC channel 612 allows theapplication management framework 614 to invoke user interface functions implemented byclient agent 604, such as online and offline authentication. - Communications between the
client agent 604 andgateway server 606 are essentially an extension of the management channel from theapplication management framework 614 wrapping each native managedapplication 610. Theapplication management framework 614 requests policy information fromclient agent 604, which in turn requests it fromgateway server 606. Theapplication management framework 614 requests authentication, andclient agent 604 logs into the gateway services part of gateway server 606 (also known as NetScaler Access Gateway).Client agent 604 may also call supporting services ongateway server 606, which may produce input material to derive encryption keys for the local data vaults 616, or provide client certificates which may enable direct authentication to PKI protected resources, as more fully explained below. - In more detail, the
application management framework 614 “wraps” each managedapplication 610. This may be incorporated via an explicit build step, or via a post-build processing step. Theapplication management framework 614 may “pair” withclient agent 604 on first launch of anapplication 610 to initialize the Secure IPC channel and obtain the policy for that application. Theapplication management framework 614 may enforce relevant portions of the policy that apply locally, such as the client agent login dependencies and some of the containment policies that restrict how local OS services may be used, or how they may interact with theapplication 610. - The
application management framework 614 may use services provided byclient agent 604 over theSecure IPC channel 612 to facilitate authentication and internal network access. Key management for the private and shared data vaults 616 (containers) may be also managed by appropriate interactions between the managedapplications 610 andclient agent 604.Vaults 616 may be available only after online authentication, or may be made available after offline authentication if allowed by policy. First use ofvaults 616 may require online authentication, and offline access may be limited to at most the policy refresh period before online authentication is again required. - Network access to internal resources may occur directly from individual managed
applications 610 throughAccess Gateway 606. Theapplication management framework 614 is responsible for orchestrating the network access on behalf of eachapplication 610.Client agent 604 may facilitate these network connections by providing suitable time limited secondary credentials obtained following online authentication. Multiple modes of network connection may be used, such as reverse web proxy connections and end-to-end VPN-style tunnels 618. - The Mail and Browser managed
applications 610 have special status and may make use of facilities that might not be generally available to arbitrary wrapped applications. For example, the Mail application may use a special background network access mechanism that allows it to access Exchange over an extended period of time without requiring a full AG logon. The Browser application may use multiple private data vaults to segregate different kinds of data. - This architecture supports the incorporation of various other security features. For example, gateway server 606 (including its gateway services) in some cases will not need to validate AD passwords. It can be left to the discretion of an enterprise whether an AD password is used as an authentication factor for some users in some situations. Different authentication methods may be used if a user is online or offline (i.e., connected or not connected to a network).
- Step up authentication is a feature wherein
gateway server 606 may identify managednative applications 610 that are allowed to have access to highly classified data requiring strong authentication, and ensure that access to these applications is only permitted after performing appropriate authentication, even if this means a re-authentication is required by the user after a prior weaker level of login. - Another security feature of this solution is the encryption of the data vaults 616 (containers) on the
mobile device 602. Thevaults 616 may be encrypted so that all on-device data including files, databases, and configurations are protected. For on-line vaults, the keys may be stored on the server (gateway server 606), and for off-line vaults, a local copy of the keys may be protected by a user password. When data is stored locally on thedevice 602 in thesecure container 616, it is preferred that a minimum of AES 256 encryption algorithm be utilized. - Other secure container features may also be implemented. For example, a logging feature may be included, wherein all security events happening inside an
application 610 are logged and reported to the backend. Data wiping may be supported, such as if theapplication 610 detects tampering, associated encryption keys may be written over with random data, leaving no hint on the file system that user data was destroyed. Screenshot protection is another feature, where an application may prevent any data from being stored in screenshots. For example, the key window's hidden property may be set to YES. This may cause whatever content is currently displayed on the screen to be hidden, resulting in a blank screenshot where any content would normally reside. - Local data transfer may be prevented, such as by preventing any data from being locally transferred outside the application container, e.g., by copying it or sending it to an external application. A keyboard cache feature may operate to disable the autocorrect functionality for sensitive text fields. SSL certificate validation may be operable so the application specifically validates the server SSL certificate instead of it being stored in the keychain. An encryption key generation feature may be used such that the key used to encrypt data on the device is generated using a passphrase supplied by the user (if offline access is required). It may be XORed with another key randomly generated and stored on the server side if offline access is not required. Key Derivation functions may operate such that keys generated from the user password use KDFs (key derivation functions, notably PBKDF2) rather than creating a cryptographic hash of it. The latter makes a key susceptible to brute force or dictionary attacks.
- Further, one or more initialization vectors may be used in encryption methods. An initialization vector will cause multiple copies of the same encrypted data to yield different cipher text output, preventing both replay and cryptanalytic attacks. This will also prevent an attacker from decrypting any data even with a stolen encryption key if the specific initialization vector used to encrypt the data is not known. Further, authentication then decryption may be used, wherein application data is decrypted only after the user has authenticated within the application. Another feature may relate to sensitive data in memory, which may be kept in memory (and not in disk) only when it's needed. For example, login credentials may be wiped from memory after login, and encryption keys and other data inside objective-C instance variables are not stored, as they may be easily referenced. Instead, memory may be manually allocated for these.
- An inactivity timeout may be implemented, wherein after a policy-defined period of inactivity, a user session is terminated.
- Data leakage from the
application management framework 614 may be prevented in other ways. For example, when anapplication 610 is put in the background, the memory may be cleared after a predetermined (configurable) time period. When backgrounded, a snapshot may be taken of the last displayed screen of the application to fasten the foregrounding process. The screenshot may contain confidential data and hence should be cleared. - Another security feature relates to the use of an OTP (one time password) 620 without the use of an AD (active directory) 622 password for access to one or more applications. In some cases, some users do not know (or are not permitted to know) their AD password, so these users may authenticate using an
OTP 620 such as by using a hardware OTP system like SecurID (OTPs may be provided by different vendors also, such as Entrust or Gemalto). In some cases, after a user authenticates with a user ID, a text is sent to the user with anOTP 620. In some cases, this may be implemented only for online use, with a prompt being a single field. - An offline password may be implemented for offline authentication for those
applications 610 for which offline use is permitted via enterprise policy. For example, an enterprise may want StoreFront to be accessed in this manner. In this case, theclient agent 604 may require the user to set a custom offline password and the AD password is not used.Gateway server 606 may provide policies to control and enforce password standards with respect to the minimum length, character class composition, and age of passwords, such as described by the standard Windows Server password complexity requirements, although these requirements may be modified. - Another feature relates to the enablement of a client side certificate for
certain applications 610 as secondary credentials (for the purpose of accessing PKI protected web resources via the application management framework micro VPN feature). For example, an application such as @WorkMail may utilize such a certificate. In this case, certificate-based authentication using ActiveSync protocol may be supported, wherein a certificate from theclient agent 604 may be retrieved bygateway server 606 and used in a keychain. Each managed application may have one associated client certificate, identified by a label that is defined ingateway server 606. -
Gateway server 606 may interact with an Enterprise special purpose web service to support the issuance of client certificates to allow relevant managed applications to authenticate to internal PKI protected resources. - The
client agent 604 and theapplication management framework 614 may be enhanced to support obtaining and using client certificates for authentication to internal PKI protected network resources. More than one certificate may be supported, such as to match various levels of security and/or separation requirements. The certificates may be used by the Mail and Browser managed applications, and ultimately by arbitrary wrapped applications (provided those applications use web service style communication patterns where it is reasonable for the application management framework to mediate https requests). - Application management client certificate support on iOS may rely on importing a PKCS 12 BLOB (Binary Large Object) into the iOS keychain in each managed application for each period of use. Application management framework client certificate support may use a HTTPS implementation with private in-memory key storage. The client certificate will never be present in the iOS keychain and will not be persisted except potentially in “online-only” data value that is strongly protected.
- Mutual SSL may also be implemented to provide additional security by requiring that a
mobile device 602 is authenticated to the enterprise, and vice versa. Virtual smart cards for authentication togateway server 606 may also be implemented. - Both limited and full Kerberos support may be additional features. The full support feature relates to an ability to do full Kerberos login to
AD 622, using an AD password or trusted client certificate, and obtain Kerberos service tickets to respond to HTTP Negotiate authentication challenges. The limited support feature relates to constrained delegation in AFEE, where AFEE supports invoking Kerberos protocol transition so it can obtain and use Kerberos service tickets (subject to constrained delegation) in response to HTTP Negotiate authentication challenges. This mechanism works in reverse web proxy (aka CVPN) mode, and when http (but not https) connections are proxied in VPN and MicroVPN mode. - Another feature relates to application container locking and wiping, which may automatically occur upon jail-break or rooting detections, and occur as a pushed command from administration console, and may include a remote wipe functionality even when an
application 610 is not running. - A multi-site architecture or configuration of StoreFront and App Controller may be supported that allows users to be service from one of several different locations in case of failure.
- In some cases, managed
applications 610 may be allowed to access a certificate and private key via an API (example OpenSSL). Trusted managedapplications 610 of an enterprise may be allowed to perform specific Public Key operations with an application's client certificate and private key. Various use cases may be identified and treated accordingly, such as when an application behaves like a browser and no certificate access is required, when an application reads a certificate for “who am I,” when an application uses the certificate to build a secure session token, and when an application uses private keys for digital signing of important data (e.g. transaction log) or for temporary data encryption. -
FIG. 7 illustrates a sample interface of a mobile device, andFIGS. 8-14 illustrate sample embodiments of methods for determining an operation mode for an application. The methods depicted inFIGS. 8-14 may be combined in any suitable manner in various embodiments. The sample interface depictured inFIG. 7 may be displayed on a mobile device, such asdevice FIGS. 8-14 may be implemented by such a mobile device. - In
FIG. 8 , a flowchart of example method steps for determining an application mode for an application is shown. The method ofFIG. 8 may begin atstep 802, where a plurality of applications are presented. For example, a plurality of applications may be presented to a user on a mobile device.FIG. 7 illustrates an embodiment whereuser interface 700 displayed on a mobile device (e.g., tablet, smart phone, or the like) presents Applications A 700,B 701,C 702, andE 703 to a user. This is merely an example, and the plurality of applications may be presented in any suitable manner. In an embodiment, the plurality of applications may comprise email applications, web browsing applications, software-as-a-service (SaaS) access applications, and the like. - The method of
FIG. 8 may proceed fromstep 802 to step 804, where a selection for one of the plurality of applications is received. With reference to an embodiment depicted inFIG. 7 , a user of a mobile device may select one of the presented applications by, for example, pressing a display of the mobile device to select the application. This is merely an example, and the application may be selected in any suitable manner. - The method of
FIG. 8 may proceed fromstep 804 to step 806, where a context for the selected applications is determined based on one or more operational parameters of the device executing the selected application. For example, a context may be based on an account to be accessed by the application, a location of the mobile device or a network connectivity status of the mobile device executing the application, or based on any other operational parameter. The methods ofFIGS. 9-13 , further described below, illustrate various embodiments where example contexts are described. - The method of
FIG. 8 may proceed fromstep 804 to step 806, where an operation mode for the selected application is determined based on the context. In an embodiment, the operations modes may comprise managed and unmanaged modes, e.g., representing work and non-work modes of a device for when a user is performing employment-related versus personal activities, respectively. The work mode may provide access to enterprise resources and include one or more content filters and/or restrictions, whereas the non-work mode might apply policies (or no policies) and/or content filters/restrictions (or none) that allow access to only non-enterprise related resources. - In addition, there may be multiple different managed modes, e.g., based on different security levels of various users or sets of credentials provided by a user, different user roles identified by a set of credentials (e.g., manager versus staff employees), geographic locations from which the device is operated, network locations, operational environment (e.g., a healthcare-related managed mode versus a financial industry managed mode), or based on any other contextual determination. Some modes may be based on multiple contexts, e.g., location and role. In one such combination a first managed mode may provide applicable policies for a healthcare provider, whereas a second managed mode may apply applicable policies for a patient. As a device is passed between the two users, the user (or software based on user action) may initiate a change of mode as the device is passed to a user having a different role. The new user may be required to enter appropriate credentials to change modes, e.g., when changing to a more secure mode. The healthcare provider mode may provide access to a wide array of patient records, resources, scheduling details, financial records, and other information, whereas a patient mode may be limited to only that patient's information, e.g., based on HIPPA and other privacy considerations. Other combinations of contextual decisions may also be used.
- In an embodiment, the determined context may be compared to a stored policy in order to determine an operation mode. A mobile device, such as
mobile device 502, may store one or more policies used to determine an operation mode for an application. In an embodiment, the policies may be stored remotely, such as atpolicy manager 570, described above with reference toFIG. 5 , or may be stored locally on the device. In an example, a context may comprise a selected application configured to access a secure account, such as an email application configured to access a secure email account. This context may be compared to a stored policy. For instance, the stored policy may define that an email application that is configured to access a secure email account is to be run as a managed application. The stored policy may further indicate that the email application, when configured to access a personal account of the device user, may operate in an unmanaged mode. Additional contexts and policies will be described with respect toFIGS. 9-13 . - The method of
FIG. 8 may proceed fromstep 806 to step 808, where the selected application is run in the determined operation mode. For example, the operation mode may be determined as unmanaged, or as one of multiple managed modes, and the selected application may be run in the determined mode. - In an embodiment, a managed operation mode may include running the application as a part of the managed
partition 510 ofmobile device 502, as described above with reference toFIG. 5 . As such, the managed application may be run as securenative applications 514, secureremote applications 522 executed by asecure application launcher 518,virtualization applications 526 executed by asecure application launcher 518, and the like. - In an embodiment, an application running in managed mode may access data stored in a
secure data container 528 in the managed partition 510 (physical, logical, or virtual) of the mobile device. The data stored in thesecure data container 528 may include data restricted to a specific secure/managedapplication 530, shared among other secure/managed applications, and the like. Data restricted to a secure application may include securegeneral data 534 and highlysecure data 538. Different levels and types of security features may be used to differentiate levels of secure data. In an embodiment, an application running in managed mode may save, modify, or delete data insecure data container 528. The data saved or modified may be encrypted similar to other data stored insecure data container 528. - In an embodiment, an application running in managed mode may connect to
enterprise resources 504 andenterprise services 508 through virtual private network connections, as described about with reference toFIG. 5 . The virtual private network connections may be microVPNs, which are specific to a particular application, such as the selected application, particular devices, particular secured areas on the mobile device, and the like. For example, wrapped applications in a secured area of the phone may access enterprise resources through an application specific VPN such that access to the VPN would be granted based on attributes associated with the application, possibly in conjunction with user or device attribute information, and policy information. - In an embodiment, an application running in managed mode may encrypt data transmitted from the application. For example, an application running in managed mode may be communicating with a computing device over a network, and the data transmitted from the application to the device may be encrypted. In addition, the data communicated from the computing device to the application may also be encrypted, and the application running in managed mode may be configured to decrypt the received data.
- In an embodiment, an application running in managed mode my access a secure portal. For example, an application may connect to a computing device over a network, for example, a microVPN, and may access a secure portal that might not be access by unsecured applications, such as applications running in unmanaged mode.
- In an embodiment, an unmanaged operation mode may include running the application as a part of the unmanaged partition 512 (physical, logical, or virtual) of
mobile device 502, as described above with reference toFIG. 5 . In an unmanaged mode, the application may access data stored in anunsecured data container 542 on the unmanaged partition 512 of themobile device 502. The data stored in an unsecured data container may bepersonal data 544. - In an embodiment, where more than one managed mode is possible, an application running in a less secure managed mode may be run similar to an application running in the more secure managed mode, but might not include all aspects of the latter. For example, an application running in the less secure managed mode may have the information transmitted from the application over a network encrypted, but the application might not have access to secure
data container 528, as described with reference toFIG. 5 . In another example, an application running in the less secure managed mode may have access to securedata container 528, but might not be able to connect toenterprise resources 504 andenterprise services 508 through virtual private network connections. Accordingly, depending on the determined context, an application running in a less secure managed mode may include aspects of an application running in the more secure managed mode and aspects of an application running in unmanaged mode. - In
FIGS. 9-13 , flowcharts of example method steps for determining a context and operation mode for an application are shown. In an embodiment, steps 806 and 808 ofFIG. 8 may comprise the method steps of any one or more ofFIGS. 9-13 . The method ofFIG. 9 may begin atstep 902, where an account to be accessed by a selected application is detected. For example, a selected application may comprise an email application and an email account that the email application is configured to access may be detected. In this example, the email application may be able to access multiple email accounts, such as an enterprise email account and a personal email account, and the account that the email application is configured to access at the time of running may be determined as the context account to be accessed. - The method of
FIG. 9 may proceed fromstep 902 to step 904, where an account type of the account to be accessed may be determined. The account type may comprise a context for the selected application. For example, a selected application may comprise an email application and the email application may be configured to access an enterprise account. In another example, the email application may be configured to access a personal account. - The method of
FIG. 9 may proceed fromstep 904 to step 906, where an account type may be compared with an account type policy. For example, a policy may define that an email application that is to access an enterprise account should run in managed mode and an email application that is to access a personal account should run in unmanaged mode. The method ofFIG. 9 may proceed fromstep 906 to step 908, where an operation mode is determined based on the comparison. - The method of
FIG. 10 may begin atstep 1002, where a location for a mobile device is determined. For example, a mobile device, such asmobile device 502, may implement the method ofFIG. 10 , and a location for the mobile device may be determined. The location may be determined by GPS, signal triangulation, or any other suitable or otherwise known manner. The location may comprise a context for the selected application. - The method of
FIG. 10 may proceed fromstep 1002 to step 1004, where a determined location may be compared with a location policy. For example, a policy may define that a selected application run in a more secure managed mode when in a certain location, for example, on company premises. In an embodiment, a policy may define that a selected application run in a less secure managed mode when in a certain location, for example, when the determined location is inside the United States but off company premises. For example, the less secure managed mode may encrypt communication to and from the selected application, but might not allow access to enterprise resources, such asresources 504. In another embodiment, a policy may define that a selected application run in unmanaged mode when in a certain location, for example, when the determined location is outside the United States. The method ofFIG. 10 may proceed fromstep 1004 to step 1006, where an operation mode is determined based on the comparison. - Alternatively or in addition to physical location, a network location may also or instead be used to determine whether access is permitted. For example, network location may refer to whether a user is either internal to a data center (or pre-approved Wifi access point), or is external to it. Appropriate access modes may be based on such a determination.
- The method of
FIG. 11 may begin atstep 1102, where it is monitored whether a predetermined application is running on a device. For example, a mobile device, such asmobile device 502, may implement the method ofFIG. 11 , and the mobile device may be monitored to determine whether a predetermined application is running. The predetermined application may comprise any application capable of running on the mobile device, such aclient agent 604 as described with reference toFIG. 6 . The monitored predetermined application may comprise a context for the selected application. - The method of
FIG. 11 may proceed fromstep 1102 to step 1104, where a monitored application is compared against a policy. For example, a policy may define that a selected application run in managed mode when a predetermined application, such asclient agent 604, is running and that the selected application run in unmanaged mode when the predetermined application is not running. The method ofFIG. 11 may proceed fromstep 1104 to step 1106, where an operation mode is determined based on the comparison. - The method of
FIG. 12 may begin atstep 1202, one or more network connections are detected. For example, a mobile device, such asmobile device 502, may implement the method ofFIG. 12 , and the network connections that the mobile device makes may be detected. In an example, network connections may comprise a connection to a cellular network, a connection to a WIFI network, or a connection to a Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN), or the like. The one or more network connections may comprise a context for the selected application. - The method of
FIG. 12 may proceed fromstep 1202 to step 1204, where detected network connections are compared against a network connection policy. For example, a policy may define that a selected application run in managed mode when a mobile device is connected to an internal network, such as a WLAN internal to a company, and that the selected application run in unmanaged mode when the mobile device is only connected to a wireless network, such as cellular network or WIFI network. The method ofFIG. 12 may proceed fromstep 1204 to step 1206, where an operation mode is determined based on the comparison. - The method of
FIG. 13 may begin at step 1302, where one or more settings for a mobile device are detected. For example, a mobile device, such asmobile device 502, may implement the method ofFIG. 13 , and one or more settings for the mobile device may be detected. In an example, it may be detected whether the mobile device has a lock screen, such as a PIN required for using the mobile device, or it may be detected whether the mobile device is jailbroken/rooted, e.g., has received after-market modifications. The one or more settings may comprise a context for the selected application. - The method of
FIG. 13 may proceed from step 1302 to step 1304, where detected settings are compared against a settings policy. For example, a policy may define that a selected application might not run in managed mode if the mobile device does not have a lock screen or if the mobile device is jailbroken/rooted. The method ofFIG. 13 may proceed from step 1304 to step 1306, where an operation mode is determined based on the comparison. In an embodiment, when running the selected application in the determined mode, an indicator may be displayed on the mobile device that informs a user of certain policies, such as a requirement for a mobile device to have a lock screen before the mobile device is allowed to run the selected application in managed mode.FIGS. 9-13 describe a plurality of contexts, and any other suitable context and corresponding policy may be implemented. - In an embodiment, one or more of the contexts described in
FIGS. 9-13 may be combined and these contexts may be compared against a policy for the selected application. For example, contexts for a selected application may comprise an account type to be accessed as an enterprise email account and a detected network connection as a cellular network. In this example, the policy may define that when an enterprise account is attempted to be accessed over a cellular network, the selected application should be run in managed mode. The policy may be defined in this way because the selected application may encrypt the communication with the enterprise email account, and therefore the risk of sending secure traffic over a cellular network may be mitigated. - In another example, contexts for a selected application may comprise a determined location outside of the United States and a network connection with a WLAN internal to a company. A policy may define that a selected application is to run in managed mode when a determined location is outside the United States and a network connection is with a WLAN internal to a company. The policy may be defined in this way because a network connection with a WLAN internal to a company mitigates the risk associated with secure communications outside of the United States.
- In an embodiment, the one or more contexts as described in
FIGS. 9-13 may include a priority. For example, a context for a selected application may comprise a determination that the mobile device is jailbroken/rooted, and a policy may define that a selected application is to run only in unmanaged mode when a context indicates a jailbroken/rooted mobile device, regardless of what other contexts indicate. Accordingly, a jailbroken/rooted mobile device will have a selected application run in unmanaged mode even when the mobile device is connected to a WLAN internal to a company or if the selected application is attempting to access an enterprise account. - In an embodiment, a policy may indicate that a selected application is to be run in a less secure managed mode based on a plurality of contexts as described in
FIGS. 9-13 . For example, contexts for a selected application may comprise an account type to be accessed as an enterprise email account and a detected network connection as a cellular network. In this example, the policy may define that when an enterprise account is attempted to be accessed over a cellular network, the selected application should be run in the less secure managed mode. The less secure managed mode may encrypt communication to and from the selected application, but might not allow access to enterprise resources, such asresources 504. The policy may be defined in this way because the encrypted communication with the enterprise email account may be a low risk communication, and allowing access to enterprise resources may be a high risk communication. - In
FIG. 14 , a flowchart of example method steps for switching an operation mode for an application is shown. For example, the method steps ofFIG. 14 may follow the method steps ofFIG. 8 . The method ofFIG. 14 may begin atstep 1402, where one or more contexts may be monitored while a selected application is running. In an embodiment, one or more of the contexts described with reference toFIGS. 9-13 may be monitored. For example, a mobile device running a selected application may be connected to a cellular network and while the selected application is running, the mobile device may make a new network connection with a WLAN internal to a company. - The method of
FIG. 14 may proceed fromstep 1402 to step 1404, where a change in an operation mode for a selected application is detected based on the monitoring. Stated differently, the mobile device may detect a change in information that formed the basis for selecting a particular operational mode. For example, a selected application may be running in unmanaged mode, and once a mobile application running the selected application connects to a WLAN internal to a company, a policy may define that the operation mode for the selected application should switch to managed mode. The method ofFIG. 14 may proceed fromstep 1404 to step 1406, where the operation mode for the selected application is switched. - In an embodiment, a manager, such as a mobile device manager, may manage one or more mobile devices. In this example, the mobile device may be referred to as an enrolled device. In an embodiment, a mobile device may be managed based on software installed on the a managed, such as a
client agent 604 ofFIG. 6 . - In an example,
client agent 604 may further include a connection management software development kit (SDK), aconnection manager 520, a connection/status application programming interface (API), a set of virtualization services, a runtime SDK, a platform SDK, and a client core. - The virtualization service in the client agent architecture may include, for example, a graphics service, a desktop integration service, a multimedia service, input/output services, a smart card service, a printing service, and the like. The runtime SDK may be, for example, Independent Computing Architecture (ICA) runtime SDK, including an ICA engine. The platform SDK may be, for example, an ICA platform SDK or other platform SDK, and may include various subcomponents such as a virtual channel SDK, a configuration and load manager, a trace subcomponent, a platform abstraction SDK, and the like. The client core may include, for example, a core protocol for remote access to terminal services (e.g., a Winstation driver with a core ICA protocol), a reducer subcomponent configured to perform compression and prioritization, a multi-stream ICA, a TCP stack with session reliability, proxy, and SSL, and a UDP subcomponent. The client core also may include implementations of platform-specific subcomponents, such as graphics smart card and thread support, configuration and load manager libraries, an SSL SDK, and the like.
- A mobile device may be enrolled in an enterprise system using, for example,
client agent 604. For example, in an enrolledclient device 602, aclient agent 604 may interact with agateway server 606 or other access gateway to accessvarious enterprise resources 608 andservices 609. Enrolling a device may involve bring your own device (BYOD) and related technologies, and opting in to an MDM or similar system. Enrollment of a device with a company account (or other organization account) may involve pushing certificates to the device and registering the device with a device management server of an enterprise system. After enrollment, the device may be “governed” by a company administrator (or other organization administrator) using mobile device management (MDM) and/or mobile device experience technology (Application management framework) policies that are pushed to the device. Enrolled devices may also be referred to as managed devices. Stated differently, after enrollment, a device may become a managed device as described herein. In certain examples, to enroll a device in an enterprise system, aclient agent 604 and/or an application enrollment token may be downloaded and installed on the device. The application enrollment token may be derived from a certificate of a company or other organization to which the device will be enrolled. After downloading theclient agent 604 and application enrollment token, the device user may be prompted to open the token and add the company account (or other organization account) to the device. - In an embodiment, an enrolled mobile device, such as
mobile device 502 ofFIG. 5 , may be managed by a service, such asdevice manager 524 ofFIG. 5 .Device manager 524 may provide services that include configuration, provisioning, security, support, monitoring, reporting, and decommissioning. For example,device manager 524 may monitor what applications are installed on an enrolled/managed mobile device. In this example,device manager 524 may store/access a list of black-listed applications and may further determine the installation of a black-listed application on an enrolled/managed mobile device. A black-listed application may comprise an application that is suspected malware or any other suitable application. In another example,device manager 524 may monitor an operating state for an enrolled mobile device. In this example,device manager 524 may determine that an enrolled mobile device has been jailbroken/rooted.Device manager 524 may perform various management activities on an enrolled device based on these determinations. - In another example,
device manager 524 may monitor a network connection for the mobile device. In this example,device manager 524 may determine that an enrolled mobile device is connected to a cellular network, a wireless local area network (WLAN), a local area network (LAN), a combination of these, or any other suitable network. In another example,device manager 524 may monitor a location for the mobile device. In this example,device manager 524 may determine the geographic location for the mobile device, such as the latitude and longitude, the country, the state, any suitable region, or any other suitable location for the mobile device. - In another example,
device manager 524 may monitor whether a particular application is running on the mobile device. In this example,device manager 524 may determine whether the particular application, such asclient agent 604 ofFIG. 6 , is running on the mobile device.Device manager 524 may perform various management activities on an enrolled device based on these determinations. - In an embodiment, an application installed on an enrolled mobile device may run in managed mode or unmanaged mode, as described above. In an embodiment, a managed operation mode may include running the application as a part of the managed
partition 510 ofmobile device 502, as described above with reference toFIG. 5 . In an embodiment, an application running in managed mode may access data stored in asecure data container 528 in the managedpartition 510 of the mobile device. The data stored in thesecure data container 528 may include data restricted to a specificsecure application 530, shared among other secure applications, and the like. Data restricted to a secure application may include securegeneral data 534 and highlysecure data 538. Secure general data may use a strong form of encryption such as AES 128-bit encryption or the like, while highlysecure data 538 may use a very strong form of encryption such as AES 254-bit encryption. Other types of encryption may be used, and other levels and types of security measures may be applied based on a desired level and/or type of security, as well as different key recovery features. In an embodiment, an application running in managed mode may save, modify, or delete data insecure data container 528. The data saved or modified may be encrypted similar to other data stored insecure data container 528. - In an embodiment, a managed mode may comprise an enterprise mode and an unmanaged mode may comprise a personal mode. For example, when the application is running in managed mode, or enterprise mode, the application may have access to resources stored on a secure server (e.g., enterprise data). A
device manager 524 managing the device may be associated with an enterprise. In this example, the application running in managed mode may be able to communicate with one or more servers (e.g., gateway server 606) that grant the application access to enterprise data. When the application is running in unmanaged mode, or personal mode, the application may not have access to the enterprise data. - In an embodiment, an application that is capable of running in managed mode or unmanaged mode may leverage storage policies for storing data associated with the application. In
FIG. 15 , a flowchart of example method steps for managing an application that runs in multiple modes is shown.FIG. 15 may begin atstep 1502, where an application runs on a mobile device in one of managed mode or unmanaged mode. For example, an application capable of running in managed mode or unmanaged mode, as described above, may run in one of these modes. - The process of
FIG. 15 may proceed fromstep 1502 to step 1504, where a request is received to store data associated with the application. For example, when the application is running in managed mode, a request may be received to store data, such as secured data accessed from a secured server (e.g., gateway server 606). In such an example, the secured data may comprise enterprise data, as described above. In another example, when the application is running in unmanaged mode, a request may be received to store data, such as personal data. - The process of
FIG. 15 may proceed fromstep 1504 to step 1506, where data is stored on the mobile device according to a storage protocol. A storage protocol may define the manner in which the requested data is to be stored on the mobile device. For example, when the application is running in managed mode, the data may be stored according to a first protocol, and when the application is running in unmanaged mode, the data may be stored according to a second protocol. - In an embodiment, the first storage protocol may define that the requested data may be stored in a first data container, such as a secured data container (e.g., secured data container 528). In this example, the data stored in the first data container may not be accessible to the application while the application is running in unmanaged mode. In an embodiment, the second storage protocol may define that the requested data may be stored in a second data container different from the first data container. The second data container may comprise a general data container that stores, for example, personal data.
- In an embodiment, the first storage protocol may define that the requested data may be encrypted prior to storage. In this example, the data may be encrypted using a first key and, in some embodiments, the first key may be associated with a device manager that manages the device (e.g., device manager 524). In an embodiment, the second storage protocol may define that the requested data may be encrypted prior to storage using a second key different from the first key. In another example, the first storage protocol may define that the requested data may be stored unencrypted.
- Stored data may be automatically updated when a storage protocol changes or is modified. For example, a policy may be updated that changes the encryption scheme used for data storage from a first type of encryption to a second type of encryption. When this occurs, the mobile device may automatically decrypt the stored data based on the first type of encryption and re-encrypt the stored data based on the second type of encryption using the new or revised policy. In this manner stored data may always be kept compliant with a current storage policy.
- In an embodiment, the first storage protocol may define that the requested data may be stored in association with a managed account. The application running in managed mode may be associated with a managed account. For example, a cloud storage application that, while running in managed mode, allows access to secured data may be associated with a managed account used to gain access to the secured data. The requested data may be stored in association with this managed account. In an embodiment, the first storage protocol may define that the requested data stored may be managed by
device manager 524. - Accordingly, while the application is running in managed mode, data may be stored according to the first protocol, as described above. While the application is running in unmanaged mode, data may be stored according to the second protocol, as described above.
- In some embodiments, the type and/or location of storage may be dependent on the operation mode in use. For example a storage protocol or policy may specify that data is to be stored in cloud-based storage. The storage protocol or policy may further specify that either enterprise or non-enterprise cloud storage should be used, based on operation mode. When in managed mode, data may be saved to an enterprise or other cloud storage where a predefined level of security is provided, as selected by the enterprise or policy. Alternatively, when in unmanaged mode, data may be saved or stored in a less secure cloud storage service or location, e.g., as selected by the user. Illustrative embodiments may include hybrid storage policies wherein based on certain circumstances of the mobile device or application, data may be stored locally when an app is running unmanaged and data may be stored in cloud storage when the app is running in managed mode, or vice versa.
- The process of
FIG. 15 may proceed fromstep 1506 to step 1508, where a signal is received to disable a mode of the application. For example, a signal may be received to disable the managed mode of the application. In an embodiment,device manager 524 may monitor an enrolled mobile device, detect a state for the mobile device, and send a signal to disable a managed mode of an application installed on the mobile device. For example,device manager 524 may detect that an enrolled mobile device is jailbroken/rooted, and may determine to disable the managed mode of the application based on the detection. In another embodiment,device manager 524 may detect that a black listed application has been installed on an enrolled mobile device, and may determine to disable the managed mode of the application based on the detection. - In another embodiment,
device manager 524 may detect that a managed account associated with the application has expired or has been deleted, and may determine to disable the managed mode of the application based on the detection. For example, a cloud storage application that, while running in managed mode, allows access to secured data may be associated with a managed account used to gain access to the secured data.Device manager 524 may detect that the managed account has expired or has been deleted and may send a signal to disable the managed mode of the cloud storage application based on the detection. In an embodiment, when a signal to disable a managed mode of the application is received, the application may be converted into an application that does not run in managed mode. - In an embodiment, based on the received signal to disable a managed mode of an application, it may be determined that data stored according to a first protocol is to be selectively deleted. For example, data stored according to a first protocol may be associated with the managed mode that is to be disabled, and the data stored according to the first protocol may be selectively deleted as a part of disabling the managed mode.
- The process of
FIG. 15 may proceed fromstep 1508 to step 1510, where data stored on the mobile device according to a protocol is located. For example,device manager 524 may monitor an enrolled mobile device and locate data that is stored according to a first protocol. The data stored according to the first protocol may comprise data associated with a particular application running in a first mode, such as an application running in a managed mode. In an embodiment, the located data may comprise enterprise data for the application. - In an embodiment, the data stored according to the first protocol may be located based on an account. For example, an account may be associated with a managed account. An application may run in managed mode and stored data may be associated with the managed account. In this embodiment, the data stored according to the first protocol may be associated with the managed account, and the data stored according to the first protocol may be located based on the managed account.
- In another embodiment, the data stored according to the first protocol may be located based on a storage container. For example, a secure storage container, such as
secure data container 528 ofFIG. 5 , may be associated with data stored according to the first protocol. An application may run in managed mode and data stored according to the first protocol may be stored in the secure data container. In this embodiment, the data stored according to the first protocol may be stored in the secure data container, and the data stored according to the first protocol may be located based on the storage in the secure storage container. - In another embodiment, the data stored according to the first protocol may be located based on an encryption. For example, data stored according to the first protocol may be encrypted using a particular encryption, such as an encryption using a first key. An application may run in managed mode and data stored according to the first protocol may be encrypted based on the particular encryption. In this embodiment, the data stored according to the first protocol may be located based the encryption for the data. In an example, the first key may be associated with
device manager 524. - The process of
FIG. 15 may proceed fromstep 1510 to step 1512, where the located data is selectively deleted. For example,device manager 524 may monitor an enrolled mobile device, locate data stored according to the first protocol on the enrolled mobile device, and selectively delete the located data. In an embodiment, selectively deleting the located data does not delete any other data stored on the mobile device. For example, where the located data comprises enterprise data for an application, the personal data for the application might not be deleted. Alternatively, access to data stored according to the first protocol may be locked or blocked until the device reenrolls or the application is capable of again running in managed mode. - In
FIG. 16 , a flowchart of example method steps for managing an account for an application capable of executing in multiple modes is shown. The process ofFIG. 16 may be used upon detection that an installed application is capable of executing in multiple modes to configure access to enterprise resources by the application executing in a managed mode. In addition, resources may be pre-provisioned based on certain events (e.g., a new employee starts with a company, and resources are pre-provisioned as part of the new employee procedures), thereby speeding up first time execution of managed apps.FIG. 16 may begin atstep 1602, where a mobile device is monitored for new applications. For example,device manager 524 may monitor an enrolled mobile device, such asmobile device 502, as described above. The device manager may monitor the installed applications on the mobile device. In an embodiment, the device manager may periodically monitor the mobile device for the installation of new applications. - The process of
FIG. 16 may proceed fromstep 1602 to step 1604, where it is detected that an application capable of running in a managed mode and an unmanaged mode is installed on the mobile device. For example,device manager 524 may monitor an enrolled mobile device and determine that an application capable of running in a managed mode and an unmanaged mode is installed on the mobile device. The device manager may detect that the installed application is capable of running in a managed mode and an unmanaged mode based on meta-data associated with the application or based on any other suitable detection manner. - The process of
FIG. 16 may proceed fromstep 1604 to step 1606, where a resource is provisioned to communicate with the detected application. For example, a resource, such as a gateway server (e.g., gateway server 560) may be provisioned to communicate with the detected application when the application is running in managed mode. - In an embodiment, the resource may comprise a cloud storage resource. The cloud storage resource may store secure data, such as enterprise data. In this example, the cloud storage resource may be provisioned to communicate with the detected application running in managed mode such that the detected application running in managed mode may access the secure data stored in the cloud storage resource after provisioning.
- In an embodiment, provisioning the resource may comprise creating an account for the application. In such an embodiment, the process of
FIG. 16 may proceed fromstep 1604 to step 1606, where an account is created for the application that is associated with identification information from the mobile device. For example, an enrolled mobile device may have identification information associated with the mobile device and/or associated with a user of the mobile device. In an embodiment, the identification information may comprise an enterprise credential, such as a login and password for an active directory for an enterprise. In another embodiment, the identification information may comprise a token associated with an enterprise. For example, an enrolled mobile device may receive a token, such as a Security Assertion Markup Language (SAML) token or any other suitable token, from an enterprise server that identifies the enrolled mobile device and/or a user for the enrolled mobile device. The identification information may comprise any other suitable identification information. The device manager (e.g., device manager 524) may access the identification on the mobile device, such as a token, or the mobile device may provide the identification information. - In an embodiment, an account may be created for the application capable of executing in managed mode and unmanaged mode that is associated with the identification information. In this example, the identification information may comprise user credentials, for example enterprise credentials, a token, or any other suitable identification information. In an embodiment, an account may be created based on a determination that an account associated with the identification information does not already exist for the application. For example, a server may search for an account for the application based on the identification information and an account may be created based on the server failing to find an account.
- In an embodiment, the created account may be associated with the resource being configured to communicate with the application running in managed mode. For example, a created account may be associated with a cloud storage resource being configured to communicate with the application running in managed mode may.
- The process of
FIG. 16 may proceed fromstep 1606 to step 1608, where an account may be identified based on the identification information. For example, an account for a user, such as a user associated with an enterprise, may be identified based on the identification information, such as credentials for the user. The identified account may comprise an enterprise active directory account, an account affiliated with enterprise resource rights, or any other suitable enterprise account. In an embodiment, enterprise resources may be accessed on an enrolled mobile device by signing onto to the identified accounts, as described above. - The process of
FIG. 16 may proceed fromstep 1608 to step 1610, where the created account may be linked with the identified account. For example, an account created for an application capable of running in managed mode and unmanaged mode may be linked with an enterprise account, such as an active directory account. Using the link, the application running in managed mode may be able to access system resources based on access rights for the identified account. For example, where the resource being configured to communicate with the application running in managed mode comprises a cloud storage resource, the application running in managed mode may access secure data in the cloud storage resourced based on the link. - In an embodiment, after an account is created for the application capable of running in managed mode according to
FIG. 16 , the application may access secure data based on the created account. For example, a user may login to the created account using the application running in managed mode and credentials for the user, such as a login and password or a token. A server, such asgateway server 560, may permit the application running in managed mode to login to the created account based on the provided credentials for the user. The application may request access to enterprise data, such as email for the user or secure documents. The server may permit access to the application based on the linked account. For example, the linked account may comprise an active directory account and/or an account that comprises access rights for the user. The application may be permitted to access enterprise data according to access rights comprises in the linked account. - In an embodiment, the application may comprise a bring your own application and
device manager 524 may alter and/or configure the application. For example, the alteration and/or configuration may comprise adjusting the application such that the application may be run in managed mode. For instance, an application may be altered and/or configured such that the data stored by the application while it is running in managed mode is encrypted or is stored in a secure data container. In another example, an application may be altered and/or configured such that the application while it is running in managed mode may communicate with one or more secure resources (e.g., gateway server 560). In this example, the secure resource may comprise a cloud storage resource that has been provisioned to communicate with the application running in managed mode, as described above. - In an embodiment, an application store may provide an application capable of being executed in multiple operations modes. An application store may provide downloadable applications to mobile devices. For example, a mobile device may request a list of downloadable applications, and the application store may provide the requested list. The mobile device may then download one of the listed applications from the application store and install the downloaded application.
- In an embodiment, an application store may provide a plurality of versions of an application and may provide a version that is capable of running in multiple operation modes. For example, an application store may provide a version of an application that is capable of running in managed mode or unmanaged mode, as described above.
- In
FIG. 17 , a flowchart of example method steps for providing a downloadable application capable of executing in multiple modes is shown according to an embodiment.FIG. 17 may begin atstep 1702, where a request is received for downloadable applications. For example, a mobile device, such asmobile device 502, may request a list of downloadable applications from the application store. - The process of
FIG. 17 may proceed fromstep 1702 to step 1704, where it is determined whether the mobile device is configured to execute an application in multiple modes. For example, it may be determined whether the mobile device is configured to execute an application in managed mode and in unmanaged mode. - In an embodiment, it may be determined whether the mobile device is configured with an application management framework capable of executing an application in managed mode and unmanaged mode. It may be determined whether the mobile device is configured with an application management framework such as
application management framework 614. - In an embodiment, determining whether the mobile device is configured with an application management framework capable of executing an application in managed mode and unmanaged mode may comprise detecting that a managed application associated with an application management framework is installed on the mobile device. For example, it may be detected whether a managed application, such as
client agent 604, that is associated with an application management framework, such asapplication management framework 614, is installed on the mobile device. Detecting that an application such asclient agent 604 is installed on the mobile device may allow a determination that the mobile device is configured with an application management framework capable of executing an application in managed mode and unmanaged mode. - In an embodiment, determining whether the mobile device is configured with an application management framework capable of executing an application in managed mode and unmanaged mode may comprise detecting that the mobile device is managed by a device manager associated with the application management framework. For example, it may be detected whether a device manager, such as
device manager 524, that is associated with an application management framework, such asapplication management framework 614, manages the mobile device. Detecting that a device manager such asdevice manager 524 manages the mobile device may allow a determination that the mobile device is configured with an application management framework capable of executing an application in managed mode and unmanaged mode. - The process of
FIG. 17 may proceed from step 1704 to step 1706, where a list of downloadable applications may be sent to the mobile device based on the determining. For example, when the mobile device is determined to be configured with an application management framework that is capable of executing an application in managed mode and unmanaged mode, a list of downloadable applications may be provided that includes a first version of an application executable in both managed mode and unmanaged mode. In another example, when the mobile device is determined not to be configured with an application management framework that is capable of executing an application in managed mode and unmanaged mode, a list of downloadable applications may be provided that excludes the first version of an application executable in both managed mode and unmanaged mode. For instance, the application may comprise a file sharing application and a first version of the file sharing application may comprise an application that is executable in both managed mode and unmanaged mode, as described above. - In an embodiment, the first version of the application executable in both managed mode and unmanaged mode may be associated with the application management framework on the mobile device, such as
application management framework 614. The first version of the application may be selected based on the association with the application management framework implemented by the mobile device. For example, the application store may comprise a plurality of versions of the application executable in managed mode and unmanaged mode, and the first version of the application may be selected for listing because the first version is configured for execution and/or management by the application management framework. By selecting the appropriate version of an application based on the application management framework of a given mobile device, a single application store may provide applications to a wide array of mobile devices regardless of the application management framework implemented by a device. As such, each application management framework provider need not maintain a dedicate application store and application developers can simply supply one or more versions of an application to a single application store for distribution. - In an embodiment, the first version of the application executable in both unmanaged mode and managed mode may be associated with a device manager that manages the mobile device, such as
device manager 524. The first version of the application may be selected based on the association with the device manager. For example, the application store may comprise a plurality of versions of the application executable in managed mode and unmanaged mode, and the first version of the application may be selected for listing based on an association with the device manager that manages the mobile device. - In an embodiment, based on the list of downloadable applications, the mobile device may download and install an application. For example, in an embodiment where the list comprises a version of an application executable in managed mode and unmanaged mode, the mobile may download the version of the application and install the version of the application. The mobile device may then execute the installed application in managed mode or in unmanaged mode.
- In another embodiment, an application installed on an enrolled mobile device may comprise an external application. For example, an enrolled mobile device may receive an application from an external source unaffiliated with a device manager for the mobile device (e.g., device manger 524), such as a general application store, rather than an enterprise source affiliated with a device manager for the enrolled mobile device (e.g. device manager 524), such as an enterprise application store. In an embodiment, the external application may comprise a general application that is not associated with an enterprise application store.
- In an embodiment, the external application may request to sign on to an enterprise account and/or an enterprise server. An enterprise account may comprise an account associated with an enterprise, such as an account associated with an active directory for an enterprise. For example, the external application may comprise an email client, and the email client may request to sign on to an enterprise email account. In another example, the external application may comprise a cloud storage application, and the cloud storage application may request to sign on to a server that allows access to enterprise resources, such as a gateway server.
- In an embodiment, an enrolled mobile device, such as enrolled
mobile device 502 ofFIG. 5 , may have an external application installed, and the external application may submit a request to a server, such asgateway server 560 ofFIG. 5 , to access an enterprise account. This may comprise an example of a bring your own application (BYOA) embodiment. - In an embodiment, a bring your own application installed on a managed mobile device may be altered and/or configured by a device manager managing the mobile device. For example, a bring your own application installed on
mobile device 502 may be altered bydevice manager 524. The alteration and/or configuration may comprise adjusting the application such that the application may be run in managed mode. For instance, an application may be altered and/or configured such that the data stored by the application while it is running in managed mode is encrypted or is stored in a secure data container. In another example, an application may be altered and/or configured such that the application while it is running in managed mode may communicate with one or more secure resources (e.g., gateway server 560). - Although the subject matter has been described in language specific to structural features and/or methodological acts, it is to be understood that the subject matter defined in the appended claims is not necessarily limited to the specific features or acts described above. Rather, the specific features and acts described above are described as example implementations of the following claims, and other embodiments may be practiced. For example, various other embodiments include, but are not limited to, the following.
- One embodiment may include a method comprising: running, on a mobile device, an application in a first mode, wherein the first mode is a managed mode; running, on the mobile device, the application in a second mode, wherein the second mode is an unmanaged mode, wherein said application is running in the second mode at a mutually exclusive time from when said application is running in the first mode; receiving a request to store data associated with the application; storing the data according to a first protocol when the application is running in the managed mode and storing the data according to a second protocol when the application is running in the unmanaged mode. In such an embodiment, the first protocol may comprise storing data in a first data container and the second protocol may comprise storing data in a second data container mutually exclusive from the first data container. Such an embodiment may further comprise restricting the application from accessing the first data container when running in the unmanaged mode. Such an embodiment may further include the first protocol comprising encrypting data with a first key prior to storing that data and the second protocol comprising at least one of encrypting data with a second key prior to storing the data and storing data unencrypted. In some cases, the application running in the managed mode is managed by a device manager in accordance with one or more policy files separate from the application and applicable to a plurality of applications. Some aspects may also include receiving a signal from the device manager to disable the managed mode of the application. When that happens, the embodiment may locate, in response to the received signal, data stored according to the first protocol, and selectively delete the located data. Locating the data stored according to the first protocol may include determining a managed account associated with the application, and locating the data based on the managed account. In some cases, locating data stored according to the first protocol further comprises locating a container that stores data according to the first protocol. In some aspects, locating data stored according to the first protocol further comprises determining an encryption key associated with the first protocol; and locating the data based on the determined encryption key. In some embodiment, the device manager disables the managed mode in response to identifying a black listed application installed on the mobile device. The device manager may disable the managed mode in response to detecting that a managed account associated with the application has expired. The device manager may disable the managed mode in response to detecting that the mobile device has been jailbroken or rooted. In some cases, selectively deleting the located data does not delete personal data associated with the application stored on the mobile device.
- Another embodiment may include a computing device comprising a processor, wherein the computing device is configured to run an application in a first mode, wherein the first mode is a managed mode operating under the control of one or more policy files separate from the application and usable to manage operations of multiple applications executing on the computing device; run the application in a second mode, wherein said application is running in the second mode at a mutually exclusive time from when said application is running in the first mode; receive a request to store data associated with the application; and store the data according to a first protocol when the application is running in the first mode and store the data according to a second protocol when the application is running in the second mode. In some aspect the first protocol comprises storing data in a first data container and the second protocol comprises storing data in a second data container different from the first data container. In some embodiments the computing device is further configured to restrict the application from accessing the first data container when running in the second mode. In some embodiments the first protocol comprises encrypting data with a first key prior to storing that data and the second protocol comprises at least one of encrypting data with a second key prior to storing the data and storing data unencrypted. In some embodiments the first mode is a first managed mode, and the second mode is a second managed mode managed in accordance with at least one different policy file than the first managed mode.
- Yet another embodiment may include one or more non-transitory computer-readable storage media storing computer-executable instructions that, when executed by one or more processors of a data processing system, cause the system to: run an application in a first mode, wherein the first mode is a managed mode; run the application in a second mode, wherein the second mode is an unmanaged mode, wherein said application is running in the second mode at a mutually exclusive time from when said application is running in the first mode; receive a request to store data associated with the application; store the data according to a first protocol when the application is running in the managed mode and store the data according to a second protocol when the application is running in the unmanaged mode.
- In another illustrative embodiment, a method may include periodically monitoring a mobile device to determine that a new software application is installed on the mobile device; detecting that the application is capable of running in both a first mode and a second mode, wherein the first mode is a managed mode operating under the control of one or more policy files separate from the application and usable to manage operations of multiple applications executing on the computing device; provisioning a resource to communicate with the application such that the resource is configured only to communicate with the application when the application is running in the first mode, and not to communicate with the application when the application is running in the second mode. In some aspects the resource comprises a cloud storage resource that stores secure data. In some aspects provisioning the resource comprises provisioning the cloud data storage resource to allow the application to access secure data stored in the cloud data storage resource while the application is running in the first mode. In some aspects the mobile device is managed by a device manager, and wherein the device manager administers the one or more policy files. In some aspects provisioning the resource further comprises creating an account with the resource for the application associated with identification information from the mobile device; locating a managed account based on the identification information; and linking the managed account to the created account. In some aspects the second mode is a second managed mode operating under the control of one or more policy files different from the first mode. In some aspects the first mode is associated with a first user role, and the second mode is associated with a second user role different from the first user role. In some aspects the first mode is associated with a first workplace environment type, and the second mode is associated with a second workplace environment type. In some aspects the method includes detecting that the application is running in the first mode; and allowing the application to access secure data based on the created account. In some aspects the method includes receiving a request from the application running in the first mode, wherein the request comprises a request to access secure data; and granting the application access to the secure data based on the created account. In some aspects the application is distributed by an enterprise to the device.
- In another illustrative embodiment, a device with a processor is configured to: periodically monitor a mobile device to determine that a new software application is installed on the mobile device; detect that the application is capable of running in both a first mode and a second mode, wherein the first mode is a managed mode operating under the control of one or more policy files separate from the application and usable to manage operations of multiple applications executing on the computing device; provision a resource to communicate with the application such that the resource is configured only to communicate with the application when the application is running in the first mode, and not to communicate with the application when the application is running in the second mode. In some aspects, the resource comprises a cloud storage resource that stores secure data. In some aspects provisioning the resource comprises provisioning the cloud data storage resource to allow the application to access secure data stored in the cloud data storage resource while the application is running in the first mode. In some aspects the mobile device is managed by a device manager, wherein the device manager administers the one or more policy files. In some aspects provisioning the resource further comprises: creating an account with the resource for the application associated with identification information from the mobile device; locating a managed account based on the identification information; and linking the managed account to the created account. In some aspects the second mode is a second managed mode operating under the control of one or more policy files different from the first mode. In some aspects the first mode is associated with a first user role, and the second mode is associated with a second user role. In some aspects the device further is configured to: detect that the application is running in the first mode; and allow the application to access secure data based on the created account.
- In another illustrative embodiment, one or more non-transitory computer-readable storage media store computer-executable instructions that, when executed by one or more processors of a data processing system, cause the system to perform: periodically monitoring a mobile device to determine that a new software application is installed on the mobile device; detecting that the application is capable of running in both a first mode and a second mode, wherein the first mode is a managed mode operating under the control of one or more policy files separate from the application and usable to manage operations of multiple applications executing on the computing device; and provisioning a resource to communicate with the application such that the resource is configured only to communicate with the application when the application is running in the first mode, and not to communicate with the application when the application is running in the second mode.
Claims (21)
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US17/215,892 US20210218797A1 (en) | 2013-03-29 | 2021-03-29 | Data Management for an Application with Multiple Operation Modes |
Applications Claiming Priority (7)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US201361806577P | 2013-03-29 | 2013-03-29 | |
US13/886,889 US9280377B2 (en) | 2013-03-29 | 2013-05-03 | Application with multiple operation modes |
US201361861758P | 2013-08-02 | 2013-08-02 | |
US201361861736P | 2013-08-02 | 2013-08-02 | |
US14/021,227 US10284627B2 (en) | 2013-03-29 | 2013-09-09 | Data management for an application with multiple operation modes |
US16/295,273 US10965734B2 (en) | 2013-03-29 | 2019-03-07 | Data management for an application with multiple operation modes |
US17/215,892 US20210218797A1 (en) | 2013-03-29 | 2021-03-29 | Data Management for an Application with Multiple Operation Modes |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US16/295,273 Continuation US10965734B2 (en) | 2013-03-29 | 2019-03-07 | Data management for an application with multiple operation modes |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20210218797A1 true US20210218797A1 (en) | 2021-07-15 |
Family
ID=50032874
Family Applications (5)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US14/021,227 Active 2033-11-20 US10284627B2 (en) | 2013-03-29 | 2013-09-09 | Data management for an application with multiple operation modes |
US14/022,845 Active US8650303B1 (en) | 2013-03-29 | 2013-09-10 | Data management for an application with multiple operation modes |
US14/022,935 Abandoned US20140298402A1 (en) | 2013-03-29 | 2013-09-10 | Data Management for an Application with Multiple Operation Modes |
US16/295,273 Active US10965734B2 (en) | 2013-03-29 | 2019-03-07 | Data management for an application with multiple operation modes |
US17/215,892 Abandoned US20210218797A1 (en) | 2013-03-29 | 2021-03-29 | Data Management for an Application with Multiple Operation Modes |
Family Applications Before (4)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US14/021,227 Active 2033-11-20 US10284627B2 (en) | 2013-03-29 | 2013-09-09 | Data management for an application with multiple operation modes |
US14/022,845 Active US8650303B1 (en) | 2013-03-29 | 2013-09-10 | Data management for an application with multiple operation modes |
US14/022,935 Abandoned US20140298402A1 (en) | 2013-03-29 | 2013-09-10 | Data Management for an Application with Multiple Operation Modes |
US16/295,273 Active US10965734B2 (en) | 2013-03-29 | 2019-03-07 | Data management for an application with multiple operation modes |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (5) | US10284627B2 (en) |
Families Citing this family (70)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US9137262B2 (en) | 2011-10-11 | 2015-09-15 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Providing secure mobile device access to enterprise resources using application tunnels |
US20140032733A1 (en) | 2011-10-11 | 2014-01-30 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Policy-Based Application Management |
US9215225B2 (en) | 2013-03-29 | 2015-12-15 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Mobile device locking with context |
US9280377B2 (en) * | 2013-03-29 | 2016-03-08 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Application with multiple operation modes |
US9774658B2 (en) | 2012-10-12 | 2017-09-26 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Orchestration framework for connected devices |
US9392077B2 (en) | 2012-10-12 | 2016-07-12 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Coordinating a computing activity across applications and devices having multiple operation modes in an orchestration framework for connected devices |
US9516022B2 (en) | 2012-10-14 | 2016-12-06 | Getgo, Inc. | Automated meeting room |
US8910239B2 (en) | 2012-10-15 | 2014-12-09 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Providing virtualized private network tunnels |
US20140109176A1 (en) | 2012-10-15 | 2014-04-17 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Configuring and providing profiles that manage execution of mobile applications |
US9971585B2 (en) | 2012-10-16 | 2018-05-15 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Wrapping unmanaged applications on a mobile device |
US9606774B2 (en) | 2012-10-16 | 2017-03-28 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Wrapping an application with field-programmable business logic |
WO2014062804A1 (en) | 2012-10-16 | 2014-04-24 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Application wrapping for application management framework |
US20140108793A1 (en) | 2012-10-16 | 2014-04-17 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Controlling mobile device access to secure data |
US9754089B2 (en) * | 2013-03-15 | 2017-09-05 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Enterprise application management with enrollment tokens |
US10284627B2 (en) | 2013-03-29 | 2019-05-07 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Data management for an application with multiple operation modes |
US9355223B2 (en) | 2013-03-29 | 2016-05-31 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Providing a managed browser |
US9985850B2 (en) | 2013-03-29 | 2018-05-29 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Providing mobile device management functionalities |
US8849979B1 (en) | 2013-03-29 | 2014-09-30 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Providing mobile device management functionalities |
US9369449B2 (en) | 2013-03-29 | 2016-06-14 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Providing an enterprise application store |
US10129242B2 (en) * | 2013-09-16 | 2018-11-13 | Airwatch Llc | Multi-persona devices and management |
US10824756B2 (en) | 2013-09-20 | 2020-11-03 | Open Text Sa Ulc | Hosted application gateway architecture with multi-level security policy and rule promulgations |
US10116697B2 (en) | 2013-09-20 | 2018-10-30 | Open Text Sa Ulc | System and method for geofencing |
EP2851833B1 (en) | 2013-09-20 | 2017-07-12 | Open Text S.A. | Application Gateway Architecture with Multi-Level Security Policy and Rule Promulgations |
US10291472B2 (en) | 2015-07-29 | 2019-05-14 | AppFormix, Inc. | Assessment of operational states of a computing environment |
US10581687B2 (en) | 2013-09-26 | 2020-03-03 | Appformix Inc. | Real-time cloud-infrastructure policy implementation and management |
US10084839B2 (en) | 2013-12-27 | 2018-09-25 | Sap Se | Upload operation using multiple connections |
US9501315B2 (en) * | 2014-01-10 | 2016-11-22 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Management of unmanaged user accounts and tasks in a multi-account mobile application |
US9882825B2 (en) | 2014-03-14 | 2018-01-30 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Method and system for securely transmitting volumes into cloud |
US9467329B2 (en) * | 2014-05-29 | 2016-10-11 | Blackberry Limited | Coordinating activity views across operating system domains |
US9374361B2 (en) * | 2014-07-03 | 2016-06-21 | Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. | Cross-native application authentication application |
US20160191483A1 (en) * | 2014-07-18 | 2016-06-30 | Donald Larson | Universal Connector |
US20160044039A1 (en) * | 2014-08-07 | 2016-02-11 | Alcatel Lucent | Privacy-aware personal data store |
JP2016048413A (en) * | 2014-08-27 | 2016-04-07 | 株式会社東芝 | System, virtual desktop environment selection method, and information processing device |
US9785425B2 (en) | 2014-09-30 | 2017-10-10 | Airwatch Llc | Managed clone applications |
US9591022B2 (en) * | 2014-12-17 | 2017-03-07 | The Boeing Company | Computer defenses and counterattacks |
US10333778B2 (en) | 2015-03-25 | 2019-06-25 | Airwatch, Llc | Multiuser device staging |
US10862747B2 (en) | 2015-03-25 | 2020-12-08 | Airwatch Llc | Single user device staging |
US10021542B2 (en) * | 2015-08-28 | 2018-07-10 | Airwatch Llc | Providing access to applications with varying enrollment levels |
US9668136B2 (en) * | 2015-09-25 | 2017-05-30 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Using derived credentials for enrollment with enterprise mobile device management services |
US11593075B2 (en) | 2015-11-03 | 2023-02-28 | Open Text Sa Ulc | Streamlined fast and efficient application building and customization systems and methods |
EP3179395A1 (en) | 2015-12-10 | 2017-06-14 | Thomson Licensing | Device and method for executing protected ios software modules |
US11388037B2 (en) | 2016-02-25 | 2022-07-12 | Open Text Sa Ulc | Systems and methods for providing managed services |
US10341409B2 (en) * | 2016-05-09 | 2019-07-02 | International Business Machines Corporation | Software version control without affecting a deployed container |
GB2557615A (en) * | 2016-12-12 | 2018-06-27 | Virtuosys Ltd | Edge computing system |
US10419488B2 (en) * | 2017-03-03 | 2019-09-17 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Delegating security policy management authority to managed accounts |
US10511632B2 (en) | 2017-03-03 | 2019-12-17 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Incremental security policy development for an enterprise network |
CN110199568B (en) * | 2017-03-18 | 2024-03-15 | 华为技术有限公司 | Connection recovery method, access and mobility management functional entity and user equipment |
US10868742B2 (en) | 2017-03-29 | 2020-12-15 | Juniper Networks, Inc. | Multi-cluster dashboard for distributed virtualization infrastructure element monitoring and policy control |
US11068314B2 (en) | 2017-03-29 | 2021-07-20 | Juniper Networks, Inc. | Micro-level monitoring, visibility and control of shared resources internal to a processor of a host machine for a virtual environment |
US11323327B1 (en) | 2017-04-19 | 2022-05-03 | Juniper Networks, Inc. | Virtualization infrastructure element monitoring and policy control in a cloud environment using profiles |
US11394731B2 (en) * | 2017-05-16 | 2022-07-19 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Computer system providing anomaly detection within a virtual computing sessions and related methods |
US11165871B2 (en) * | 2019-02-01 | 2021-11-02 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Computer system providing context-based Software as a Service (SaaS) application session switching and related methods |
US11308201B2 (en) * | 2019-02-05 | 2022-04-19 | Sennco Solutions, Inc. | MDM-based persistent security monitoring |
US11218318B2 (en) * | 2019-04-16 | 2022-01-04 | EMC IP Holding Company, LLC | Two-step data deletion having confirmation hold |
US11392467B2 (en) | 2019-04-17 | 2022-07-19 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Failover between decentralized identity stores |
US11190512B2 (en) | 2019-04-17 | 2021-11-30 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Integrity attestation of attestation component |
US11429743B2 (en) | 2019-04-29 | 2022-08-30 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Localization of DID-related claims and data |
US11381567B2 (en) | 2019-04-29 | 2022-07-05 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Execution of an application within a scope of user-granted permission |
US11411959B2 (en) * | 2019-05-03 | 2022-08-09 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Execution of application in a container within a scope of user-granted permission |
US11222137B2 (en) | 2019-05-03 | 2022-01-11 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Storing and executing an application in a user's personal storage with user granted permission |
US11003771B2 (en) | 2019-05-03 | 2021-05-11 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Self-help for DID claims |
CN110231965B (en) * | 2019-06-19 | 2022-05-10 | 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 | Cloud device, application processing method and electronic device |
CN111124820B (en) * | 2019-12-13 | 2023-12-22 | 郑州威科姆科技股份有限公司 | Method for realizing off-line monitoring and analysis of operating system and process resources |
US11190523B1 (en) * | 2019-12-18 | 2021-11-30 | Sprint Communications Company L.P. | Post-activation installation of custom applications with system privileges |
CN111381833B (en) * | 2020-03-05 | 2023-05-12 | 山东汇贸电子口岸有限公司 | Initialization method for containerized opentack data |
US11531558B2 (en) | 2020-07-21 | 2022-12-20 | Bank Of America Corporation | System for hybrid computing application with desktop and web-based components |
US11206330B1 (en) * | 2020-09-01 | 2021-12-21 | T-Mobile Usa, Inc. | Interactive voice response using intent prediction and a 5G capable device |
US12056232B2 (en) * | 2021-08-27 | 2024-08-06 | EMC IP Holding Company LLC | Function-based service framework with trusted execution platform |
US20230403302A1 (en) * | 2022-06-08 | 2023-12-14 | Vmware, Inc. | State management for device-driven management workflows with active attributes |
US20240267253A1 (en) * | 2023-02-08 | 2024-08-08 | GM Global Technology Operations LLC | Vehicle control system and method with protocol data unit multiplexing and post build configuration |
Family Cites Families (747)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US5369702A (en) | 1993-10-18 | 1994-11-29 | Tecsec Incorporated | Distributed cryptographic object method |
JPH08263438A (en) | 1994-11-23 | 1996-10-11 | Xerox Corp | Distribution and use control system of digital work and access control method to digital work |
CA2242596C (en) | 1996-01-11 | 2012-06-19 | Mrj, Inc. | System for controlling access and distribution of digital property |
US5898830A (en) | 1996-10-17 | 1999-04-27 | Network Engineering Software | Firewall providing enhanced network security and user transparency |
US5805803A (en) | 1997-05-13 | 1998-09-08 | Digital Equipment Corporation | Secure web tunnel |
US6249866B1 (en) | 1997-09-16 | 2001-06-19 | Microsoft Corporation | Encrypting file system and method |
US6151606A (en) | 1998-01-16 | 2000-11-21 | Visto Corporation | System and method for using a workspace data manager to access, manipulate and synchronize network data |
JP3001489B2 (en) | 1998-01-16 | 2000-01-24 | 新潟日本電気ソフトウェア株式会社 | TCP / IP communication network browser device |
US6154172A (en) | 1998-03-31 | 2000-11-28 | Piccionelli; Gregory A. | System and process for limiting distribution of information on a communication network based on geographic location |
US6219694B1 (en) | 1998-05-29 | 2001-04-17 | Research In Motion Limited | System and method for pushing information from a host system to a mobile data communication device having a shared electronic address |
US6480096B1 (en) | 1998-07-08 | 2002-11-12 | Motorola, Inc. | Method and apparatus for theft deterrence and secure data retrieval in a communication device |
US6158010A (en) | 1998-10-28 | 2000-12-05 | Crosslogix, Inc. | System and method for maintaining security in a distributed computer network |
US7140005B2 (en) | 1998-12-21 | 2006-11-21 | Intel Corporation | Method and apparatus to test an instruction sequence |
US7130831B2 (en) | 1999-02-08 | 2006-10-31 | Copyright Clearance Center, Inc. | Limited-use browser and security system |
US6609198B1 (en) | 1999-08-05 | 2003-08-19 | Sun Microsystems, Inc. | Log-on service providing credential level change without loss of session continuity |
HUP0202471A2 (en) | 1999-08-31 | 2002-11-28 | American Express Travel Relate | Methods and apparatus for conducting elecronic transactions |
US6356933B2 (en) | 1999-09-07 | 2002-03-12 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for efficiently transmitting interactive application data between a client and a server using markup language |
GB2354350B (en) | 1999-09-17 | 2004-03-24 | Mitel Corp | Policy representations and mechanisms for the control of software |
US20030236861A1 (en) | 2000-03-03 | 2003-12-25 | Johnson Scott C. | Network content delivery system with peer to peer processing components |
JP4348818B2 (en) | 2000-03-10 | 2009-10-21 | ソニー株式会社 | Data distribution system and method, and data recording medium |
EP1134643A3 (en) | 2000-03-14 | 2007-01-17 | Sony Corporation | Information providing apparatus and method, information processing apparatus and method, program storage medium, program, and information providing system |
CA2305078A1 (en) | 2000-04-12 | 2001-10-12 | Cloakware Corporation | Tamper resistant software - mass data encoding |
US6901588B1 (en) | 2000-04-17 | 2005-05-31 | Codemesh, Inc. | Sharing components between programming languages by use of polymorphic proxy |
US6859879B2 (en) | 2000-05-26 | 2005-02-22 | International Business Machine Corporation | Method and system for secure pervasive access |
US7065652B1 (en) | 2000-06-21 | 2006-06-20 | Aladdin Knowledge Systems, Ltd. | System for obfuscating computer code upon disassembly |
GB2366691B (en) | 2000-08-31 | 2002-11-06 | F Secure Oyj | Wireless device management |
US7689510B2 (en) | 2000-09-07 | 2010-03-30 | Sonic Solutions | Methods and system for use in network management of content |
US6883098B1 (en) | 2000-09-20 | 2005-04-19 | International Business Machines Corporation | Method and computer system for controlling access by applications to this and other computer systems |
US7103915B2 (en) | 2000-11-13 | 2006-09-05 | Digital Doors, Inc. | Data security system and method |
US20020112047A1 (en) | 2000-12-05 | 2002-08-15 | Rakesh Kushwaha | System and method for wireless data terminal management using general packet radio service network |
US20080214300A1 (en) | 2000-12-07 | 2008-09-04 | Igt | Methods for electronic data security and program authentication |
US7904468B2 (en) | 2008-02-27 | 2011-03-08 | Research In Motion Limited | Method and software for facilitating interaction with a personal information manager application at a wireless communication device |
WO2002057943A1 (en) | 2001-01-18 | 2002-07-25 | Yahoo! Inc. | Method and system for managing digital content, including streaming media |
US6732278B2 (en) | 2001-02-12 | 2004-05-04 | Baird, Iii Leemon C. | Apparatus and method for authenticating access to a network resource |
US7437429B2 (en) | 2001-02-13 | 2008-10-14 | Microsoft Corporation | System and method for providing transparent access to distributed authoring and versioning files including encrypted files |
US7502861B1 (en) | 2001-02-16 | 2009-03-10 | Swsoft Holding, Ltd. | System and method for providing services for offline servers using the same network address |
US20020120607A1 (en) | 2001-02-28 | 2002-08-29 | Lumenati, Inc. | File sharing system for serving content from a computer |
US9407491B2 (en) | 2001-03-14 | 2016-08-02 | Nokia Technologies Oy | Realization of presence management |
US7302571B2 (en) | 2001-04-12 | 2007-11-27 | The Regents Of The University Of Michigan | Method and system to maintain portable computer data secure and authentication token for use therein |
US20020180790A1 (en) | 2001-05-31 | 2002-12-05 | International Business Machines Corporation | System and method for encapsulating software components in an application program interface using a proxy object |
US20050120101A1 (en) | 2001-06-11 | 2005-06-02 | David Nocera | Apparatus, method and article of manufacture for managing changes on a compute infrastructure |
US20050198379A1 (en) | 2001-06-13 | 2005-09-08 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Automatically reconnecting a client across reliable and persistent communication sessions |
JP3861625B2 (en) | 2001-06-13 | 2006-12-20 | ソニー株式会社 | Data transfer system, data transfer device, recording device, and data transfer method |
US7590684B2 (en) | 2001-07-06 | 2009-09-15 | Check Point Software Technologies, Inc. | System providing methodology for access control with cooperative enforcement |
US6621766B2 (en) | 2001-08-01 | 2003-09-16 | Fossil, Inc. | Flexible timepiece in multiple environments |
US8218829B2 (en) | 2001-08-20 | 2012-07-10 | Polycom, Inc. | System and method for using biometrics technology in conferencing |
ATE377331T1 (en) | 2001-08-29 | 2007-11-15 | Research In Motion Ltd | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ADDRESSING A MOBILE DEVICE IN AN IP-BASED WIRELESS NETWORK |
US8560709B1 (en) | 2004-02-25 | 2013-10-15 | F5 Networks, Inc. | System and method for dynamic policy based access over a virtual private network |
US7143443B2 (en) | 2001-10-01 | 2006-11-28 | Ntt Docomo, Inc. | Secure sharing of personal devices among different users |
US7904392B2 (en) | 2001-10-25 | 2011-03-08 | Panasonic Corporation | Content usage rule management system |
US7631084B2 (en) | 2001-11-02 | 2009-12-08 | Juniper Networks, Inc. | Method and system for providing secure access to private networks with client redirection |
US7159120B2 (en) | 2001-11-19 | 2007-01-02 | Good Technology, Inc. | Method and system for protecting data within portable electronic devices |
US20030103075A1 (en) | 2001-12-03 | 2003-06-05 | Rosselot Robert Charles | System and method for control of conference facilities and equipment |
US7950066B1 (en) | 2001-12-21 | 2011-05-24 | Guardian Data Storage, Llc | Method and system for restricting use of a clipboard application |
AU2003201231A1 (en) | 2002-01-04 | 2003-07-30 | Lab 7 Networks, Inc. | Communication security system |
JP2003202929A (en) | 2002-01-08 | 2003-07-18 | Ntt Docomo Inc | Distribution method and distribution system |
US7873985B2 (en) | 2002-01-08 | 2011-01-18 | Verizon Services Corp. | IP based security applications using location, port and/or device identifier information |
WO2003058483A1 (en) | 2002-01-08 | 2003-07-17 | Seven Networks, Inc. | Connection architecture for a mobile network |
US20030188193A1 (en) | 2002-03-28 | 2003-10-02 | International Business Machines Corporation | Single sign on for kerberos authentication |
JP2003296210A (en) | 2002-04-03 | 2003-10-17 | Japan Research Institute Ltd | Method and device for generating profile setting file |
US6804777B2 (en) | 2002-05-15 | 2004-10-12 | Threatguard, Inc. | System and method for application-level virtual private network |
US20030221184A1 (en) | 2002-05-22 | 2003-11-27 | Gunjal Atul Narayan | Template-based application development system |
US6950825B2 (en) | 2002-05-30 | 2005-09-27 | International Business Machines Corporation | Fine grained role-based access to system resources |
AU2003238908A1 (en) | 2002-06-06 | 2003-12-22 | Green Border Technologies | Method and system for implementing a secure application execution environment using derived user accounts for internet content |
US6946715B2 (en) | 2003-02-19 | 2005-09-20 | Micron Technology, Inc. | CMOS image sensor and method of fabrication |
US8266239B2 (en) | 2002-06-27 | 2012-09-11 | Oracle International Corporation | Remote services system relocatable mid level manager |
US7043106B2 (en) | 2002-07-22 | 2006-05-09 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Optical ready wafers |
US6678828B1 (en) | 2002-07-22 | 2004-01-13 | Vormetric, Inc. | Secure network file access control system |
US7110629B2 (en) | 2002-07-22 | 2006-09-19 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Optical ready substrates |
JP4612416B2 (en) | 2002-08-09 | 2011-01-12 | ヴィスト・コーポレーション | System and method for preventing access to data on compromised remote devices |
WO2004019204A2 (en) | 2002-08-23 | 2004-03-04 | International Business Machines Corporation | Processing application data |
JP4012785B2 (en) | 2002-08-27 | 2007-11-21 | 日本板硝子株式会社 | Optical connection device |
US7665118B2 (en) | 2002-09-23 | 2010-02-16 | Credant Technologies, Inc. | Server, computer memory, and method to support security policy maintenance and distribution |
US7665125B2 (en) | 2002-09-23 | 2010-02-16 | Heard Robert W | System and method for distribution of security policies for mobile devices |
US7437752B2 (en) | 2002-09-23 | 2008-10-14 | Credant Technologies, Inc. | Client architecture for portable device with security policies |
US7536562B2 (en) | 2002-10-17 | 2009-05-19 | Research In Motion Limited | System and method of security function activation for a mobile electronic device |
FR2847752B1 (en) | 2002-11-27 | 2006-01-13 | At & T Corp | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MANAGING THE EXCHANGE OF FILES ATTACHED TO E-MAIL |
US7254831B2 (en) | 2002-12-04 | 2007-08-07 | Microsoft Corporation | Sharing a sign-in among software applications having secured features |
US8332464B2 (en) | 2002-12-13 | 2012-12-11 | Anxebusiness Corp. | System and method for remote network access |
US9237514B2 (en) | 2003-02-28 | 2016-01-12 | Apple Inc. | System and method for filtering access points presented to a user and locking onto an access point |
US7353533B2 (en) | 2002-12-18 | 2008-04-01 | Novell, Inc. | Administration of protection of data accessible by a mobile device |
US7526800B2 (en) | 2003-02-28 | 2009-04-28 | Novell, Inc. | Administration of protection of data accessible by a mobile device |
WO2004061615A2 (en) | 2002-12-31 | 2004-07-22 | Bitfone Corporation | Management of service components installed in an electronic device in a mobile services network |
US7917468B2 (en) | 2005-08-01 | 2011-03-29 | Seven Networks, Inc. | Linking of personal information management data |
JP4299249B2 (en) | 2003-01-20 | 2009-07-22 | 富士通株式会社 | Copy prevention apparatus, copy prevention method, and program for causing computer to execute the method |
JP3928561B2 (en) | 2003-01-23 | 2007-06-13 | ソニー株式会社 | Content distribution system, information processing apparatus or information processing method, and computer program |
US8020192B2 (en) | 2003-02-28 | 2011-09-13 | Michael Wright | Administration of protection of data accessible by a mobile device |
US9197668B2 (en) | 2003-02-28 | 2015-11-24 | Novell, Inc. | Access control to files based on source information |
US7779408B1 (en) | 2003-03-24 | 2010-08-17 | Sprint Spectrum L.P. | Method and system for downloading and managing portable applications on a mobile device |
AU2003229299A1 (en) | 2003-05-14 | 2005-01-21 | Threatguard, Inc. | System and method for application-level virtual private network |
US7543051B2 (en) | 2003-05-30 | 2009-06-02 | Borland Software Corporation | Method of non-intrusive analysis of secure and non-secure web application traffic in real-time |
US20040243699A1 (en) | 2003-05-29 | 2004-12-02 | Mike Koclanes | Policy based management of storage resources |
US20050027862A1 (en) | 2003-07-18 | 2005-02-03 | Nguyen Tien Le | System and methods of cooperatively load-balancing clustered servers |
US7089594B2 (en) | 2003-07-21 | 2006-08-08 | July Systems, Inc. | Application rights management in a mobile environment |
US7574707B2 (en) | 2003-07-28 | 2009-08-11 | Sap Ag | Install-run-remove mechanism |
US7515717B2 (en) | 2003-07-31 | 2009-04-07 | International Business Machines Corporation | Security containers for document components |
US7349913B2 (en) | 2003-08-21 | 2008-03-25 | Microsoft Corporation | Storage platform for organizing, searching, and sharing data |
SE527561C2 (en) | 2003-09-12 | 2006-04-11 | Secured Email Goeteborg Ab | Electronic mail transmission method in internet environment, involves storing seed for key generation provided from sender's terminal, in receiver's terminal |
US20050076085A1 (en) | 2003-09-18 | 2005-04-07 | Vulcan Portals Inc. | Method and system for managing email attachments for an electronic device |
US20050063637A1 (en) | 2003-09-22 | 2005-03-24 | Mershon Jayne L. | Connecting a component with an embedded optical fiber |
CN1879434A (en) | 2003-09-29 | 2006-12-13 | 瑞姆系统公司 | Mobility device |
US20050086328A1 (en) | 2003-10-17 | 2005-04-21 | Landram Fredrick J. | Self configuring mobile device and system |
US7421741B2 (en) | 2003-10-20 | 2008-09-02 | Phillips Ii Eugene B | Securing digital content system and method |
US7492472B2 (en) | 2003-10-30 | 2009-02-17 | Xerox Corporation | Multimedia communications/collaboration hub |
US8483227B2 (en) | 2003-11-20 | 2013-07-09 | International Business Machines Corporation | Controlling bandwidth reservations method and apparatus |
US7415498B2 (en) | 2003-12-10 | 2008-08-19 | International Business Machines Corporation | Time limited collaborative community role delegation policy |
US20070208936A1 (en) | 2003-12-29 | 2007-09-06 | Luis Ramos Robles | Means and Method for Single Sign-On Access to a Service Network Through an Access Network |
US9224131B2 (en) | 2003-12-29 | 2015-12-29 | International Business Machines Corporation | System and method for facilitating collaboration in a shared email repository |
US20050172241A1 (en) | 2004-01-08 | 2005-08-04 | International Business Machines Corporation | System and method for improved direct system clipboard |
US7269605B1 (en) | 2004-02-13 | 2007-09-11 | Avidian Technologies | Personal information manager data synchronization and augmentation |
JP4665406B2 (en) | 2004-02-23 | 2011-04-06 | 日本電気株式会社 | Access control management method, access control management system, and terminal device with access control management function |
US7720461B2 (en) | 2004-02-26 | 2010-05-18 | Research In Motion Limited | Mobile communications device with security features |
US20050193222A1 (en) | 2004-03-01 | 2005-09-01 | Greene William S. | Providing secure data and policy exchange between domains in a multi-domain grid by use of a service ecosystem facilitating uses such as supply-chain integration with RIFD tagged items and barcodes |
US7599991B2 (en) | 2004-03-10 | 2009-10-06 | Microsoft Corporation | Rules interface for implementing message rules on a mobile computing device |
US7549048B2 (en) | 2004-03-19 | 2009-06-16 | Microsoft Corporation | Efficient and secure authentication of computing systems |
US8050653B2 (en) | 2004-03-22 | 2011-11-01 | Research In Motion Limited | System and method for viewing message attachments |
US7509672B1 (en) | 2004-04-01 | 2009-03-24 | Compuware Corporation | Cross-platform single sign-on data sharing |
US7263256B2 (en) | 2004-04-02 | 2007-08-28 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Optical connection block, optical module, and optical axis alignment method using the same |
EP1741225B1 (en) | 2004-04-30 | 2011-03-02 | Research In Motion Limited | System and method for filtering data transfers within a mobile device |
US7487353B2 (en) | 2004-05-20 | 2009-02-03 | International Business Machines Corporation | System, method and program for protecting communication |
US7492946B2 (en) | 2004-05-24 | 2009-02-17 | Michael James Elder | System, method and computer program for an integrated digital workflow for processing a paper form |
US7559091B2 (en) | 2004-06-12 | 2009-07-07 | Microsoft Corporation | Software obfuscation |
JP2006013747A (en) | 2004-06-24 | 2006-01-12 | Murata Mach Ltd | Electronic mail server apparatus and electronic mail network system |
US8363650B2 (en) | 2004-07-23 | 2013-01-29 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Method and systems for routing packets from a gateway to an endpoint |
US7930539B2 (en) | 2004-08-03 | 2011-04-19 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Computer system resource access control |
US8112601B2 (en) | 2004-08-09 | 2012-02-07 | Jasim Saleh Al-Azzawi | Data storage device with security feature |
US20120099219A1 (en) | 2004-08-09 | 2012-04-26 | Jasim Saleh Al-Azzawi | Secure data storage device |
US20060048142A1 (en) | 2004-09-02 | 2006-03-02 | Roese John J | System and method for rapid response network policy implementation |
US20060080432A1 (en) | 2004-09-03 | 2006-04-13 | Spataro Jared M | Systems and methods for collaboration |
EP1817686A4 (en) | 2004-09-13 | 2007-12-05 | Research In Motion Ltd | Enabling category-based filtering |
US8839090B2 (en) | 2004-09-16 | 2014-09-16 | International Business Machines Corporation | System and method to capture and manage input values for automatic form fill |
DE102004045147A1 (en) | 2004-09-17 | 2006-03-23 | Fujitsu Ltd., Kawasaki | A setting information distribution apparatus, method, program and medium, authentication setting transfer apparatus, method, program and medium, and setting information receiving program |
US8463946B2 (en) | 2004-09-17 | 2013-06-11 | Caterpillar Inc. | Method for automatic radio operational mode selection |
US7949706B2 (en) | 2004-09-24 | 2011-05-24 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Automatic electronic publishing |
JP2006094258A (en) | 2004-09-27 | 2006-04-06 | Nippon Telegr & Teleph Corp <Ntt> | Terminal device, its policy forcing method, and its program |
US7984192B2 (en) | 2004-09-27 | 2011-07-19 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | System and method for assigning unique identifiers to each remote display protocol session established via an intermediary device |
JP4643213B2 (en) | 2004-09-29 | 2011-03-02 | シスメックス株式会社 | Application program usage restriction method, measuring device user authentication system, authentication server, client device, and application program |
US7721328B2 (en) | 2004-10-01 | 2010-05-18 | Salesforce.Com Inc. | Application identity design |
US7496954B1 (en) | 2004-11-22 | 2009-02-24 | Sprint Communications Company L.P. | Single sign-on system and method |
US8086519B2 (en) | 2004-10-14 | 2011-12-27 | Cfph, Llc | System and method for facilitating a wireless financial transaction |
US20060085826A1 (en) | 2004-10-18 | 2006-04-20 | Funk James M | Aggregated program guide for download and view video on demand service |
US7109051B2 (en) | 2004-11-15 | 2006-09-19 | Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. | Method of integrating optical devices and electronic devices on an integrated circuit |
US20090228714A1 (en) | 2004-11-18 | 2009-09-10 | Biogy, Inc. | Secure mobile device with online vault |
US7496575B2 (en) | 2004-11-22 | 2009-02-24 | Verdasys, Inc. | Application instrumentation and monitoring |
US20060112428A1 (en) | 2004-11-23 | 2006-05-25 | Nokia Corporation | Device having a locking feature and a method, means and software for utilizing the feature |
JP2006155522A (en) | 2004-12-01 | 2006-06-15 | Canon Inc | Operation method and device for web browser |
US8478849B2 (en) | 2004-12-07 | 2013-07-02 | Pure Networks LLC. | Network administration tool |
US7954090B1 (en) | 2004-12-21 | 2011-05-31 | Zenprise, Inc. | Systems and methods for detecting behavioral features of software application deployments for automated deployment management |
US20060141985A1 (en) | 2004-12-23 | 2006-06-29 | Motorola, Inc. | Dynamic management for interface access permissions |
US7562226B2 (en) | 2005-01-14 | 2009-07-14 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | System and method for permission-based access using a shared account |
WO2006079962A2 (en) | 2005-01-28 | 2006-08-03 | Nxp B.V. | Means and method for debugging |
FR2881854B1 (en) | 2005-02-04 | 2008-01-11 | Radiotelephone Sfr | METHOD FOR SECURELY MANAGING THE EXECUTION OF AN APPLICATION |
US20060185004A1 (en) | 2005-02-11 | 2006-08-17 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method and system for single sign-on in a network |
US20060256739A1 (en) | 2005-02-19 | 2006-11-16 | Kenneth Seier | Flexible multi-media data management |
EP1866789B8 (en) | 2005-02-28 | 2020-04-15 | McAfee, LLC | Mobile data security system and methods |
US20100115581A1 (en) | 2008-11-06 | 2010-05-06 | Trust Digital | System method and device for mediating connections between policy source servers, corporate respositories, and mobile devices |
US20060200814A1 (en) | 2005-03-02 | 2006-09-07 | Nokia Corporation | Software distribution with activation control |
US7844958B2 (en) | 2005-03-11 | 2010-11-30 | Aptana, Inc. | System and method for creating target byte code |
EP1705598A3 (en) | 2005-03-20 | 2007-03-07 | ActivIdentity (Australia) Pty Ltd. | Method and system for providing user access to a secure application |
US7697737B2 (en) | 2005-03-25 | 2010-04-13 | Northrop Grumman Systems Corporation | Method and system for providing fingerprint enabled wireless add-on for personal identification number (PIN) accessible smartcards |
US7472375B2 (en) | 2005-03-29 | 2008-12-30 | Intel Corporation | Creating managed code from native code |
US7631297B2 (en) | 2005-04-05 | 2009-12-08 | International Business Machines Corporation | Autonomic computing: management agent utilizing action policy for operation |
US7571475B2 (en) | 2005-04-05 | 2009-08-04 | Cisco Technology, Inc. | Method and electronic device for triggering zeroization in an electronic device |
US7490352B2 (en) | 2005-04-07 | 2009-02-10 | Microsoft Corporation | Systems and methods for verifying trust of executable files |
US20060248577A1 (en) | 2005-04-29 | 2006-11-02 | International Business Machines Corporation | Using SSO processes to manage security credentials in a provisioning management system |
US7945788B2 (en) | 2005-05-03 | 2011-05-17 | Strong Bear L.L.C. | Removable drive with data encryption |
US8259705B2 (en) | 2005-05-16 | 2012-09-04 | Openpeak Inc. | System and method for proxy signaling manipulation in an IP telephony network |
WO2006125112A2 (en) | 2005-05-19 | 2006-11-23 | Fusionone, Inc. | Remote cell phone auto destruct |
US20070024646A1 (en) | 2005-05-23 | 2007-02-01 | Kalle Saarinen | Portable electronic apparatus and associated method |
US7970386B2 (en) | 2005-06-03 | 2011-06-28 | Good Technology, Inc. | System and method for monitoring and maintaining a wireless device |
US7516478B2 (en) | 2005-06-03 | 2009-04-07 | Microsoft Corporation | Remote management of mobile devices |
FR2886801B1 (en) | 2005-06-07 | 2007-08-03 | Alcatel Sa | NETWORK EQUIPMENT FOR PROVIDING MULTI-MODE MOBILE DATA TERMINALS NECESSARY FOR THE AUTOMATIC SELECTION OF RADIO ACCESS NETWORK INTERFACES DURING SERVICE SESSIONS |
US7565689B2 (en) | 2005-06-08 | 2009-07-21 | Research In Motion Limited | Virtual private network for real-time data |
US7591002B2 (en) | 2005-06-09 | 2009-09-15 | Microsoft Corporation | Conditional activation of security policies |
US7793333B2 (en) | 2005-06-13 | 2010-09-07 | International Business Machines Corporation | Mobile authorization using policy based access control |
WO2006136660A1 (en) | 2005-06-21 | 2006-12-28 | Seven Networks International Oy | Maintaining an ip connection in a mobile network |
US8495244B2 (en) | 2005-06-29 | 2013-07-23 | Jumpstart Wireless Corporation | System and method for dynamic automatic communication path selection, distributed device synchronization and task delegation |
US7529923B2 (en) | 2005-06-30 | 2009-05-05 | Intel Corporation | Operating system mode transfer |
US8010997B2 (en) | 2005-06-30 | 2011-08-30 | Microsoft Corporation | Enforcing device settings for mobile devices |
US7870205B2 (en) | 2005-07-01 | 2011-01-11 | 0733660 B.C. Ltd. | Electronic mail system with pre-message-retrieval display of message metadata |
US20070016771A1 (en) | 2005-07-11 | 2007-01-18 | Simdesk Technologies, Inc. | Maintaining security for file copy operations |
US20070011749A1 (en) | 2005-07-11 | 2007-01-11 | Simdesk Technologies | Secure clipboard function |
US20070016907A1 (en) | 2005-07-12 | 2007-01-18 | Fabio Benedetti | Method, system and computer program for automatic provisioning of resources to scheduled jobs |
US8321953B2 (en) | 2005-07-14 | 2012-11-27 | Imation Corp. | Secure storage device with offline code entry |
US9614964B2 (en) | 2005-08-19 | 2017-04-04 | Nextstep, Inc. | Consumer electronic registration, control and support concierge device and method |
US9864628B2 (en) | 2005-08-23 | 2018-01-09 | Blackberry Limited | Method and system for transferring an application state from a first electronic device to a second electronic device |
US20070049297A1 (en) | 2005-08-29 | 2007-03-01 | Janakiraman Gopalan | System and method for locating mobile devices through a direct-connection protocol |
US20070283324A1 (en) | 2005-08-30 | 2007-12-06 | Geisinger Nile J | System and method for creating programs that comprise several execution layers |
KR100723700B1 (en) | 2005-08-31 | 2007-05-30 | 에스케이 텔레콤주식회사 | Method and System for Remote Controlling Operation of Mobile Telecommunication Terminal |
US7779458B1 (en) | 2005-09-20 | 2010-08-17 | Rockwell Collins, Inc. | Situation aware mobile location ad hoc firewall |
US20070072598A1 (en) | 2005-09-23 | 2007-03-29 | Coleman David T | Controlling wireless communication devices with media recording capabilities |
US20070074033A1 (en) | 2005-09-29 | 2007-03-29 | Research In Motion Limited | Account management in a system and method for providing code signing services |
GB2430772A (en) | 2005-10-01 | 2007-04-04 | Knowledge Support Systems Ltd | User interface method and apparatus |
US7870493B2 (en) | 2005-10-03 | 2011-01-11 | Microsoft Corporation | Distributed clipboard |
US8037421B2 (en) | 2005-10-11 | 2011-10-11 | Research In Motion Limited | System and method for organizing application indicators on an electronic device |
US8745223B2 (en) | 2005-10-14 | 2014-06-03 | Psion Inc. | System and method of distributed license management |
EA200901153A1 (en) | 2005-10-18 | 2010-04-30 | Интертраст Текнолоджиз Корпорейшн | SYSTEMS AND METHODS BASED ON THE DIGITAL RIGHT MANAGEMENT MECHANISM |
US7437755B2 (en) | 2005-10-26 | 2008-10-14 | Cisco Technology, Inc. | Unified network and physical premises access control server |
US20070100938A1 (en) | 2005-10-27 | 2007-05-03 | Bagley Elizabeth V | Participant-centered orchestration/timing of presentations in collaborative environments |
WO2007053848A1 (en) | 2005-11-01 | 2007-05-10 | Mobile Armor, Llc | Centralized dynamic security control for a mobile device network |
US8305422B2 (en) | 2005-11-08 | 2012-11-06 | Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha | Communication device, communication method, communication system, program, and computer-readable storage medium |
US20070109983A1 (en) | 2005-11-11 | 2007-05-17 | Computer Associates Think, Inc. | Method and System for Managing Access to a Wireless Network |
US20070248085A1 (en) | 2005-11-12 | 2007-10-25 | Cranite Systems | Method and apparatus for managing hardware address resolution |
US7921303B2 (en) | 2005-11-18 | 2011-04-05 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Mobile security system and method |
US8045958B2 (en) | 2005-11-21 | 2011-10-25 | Research In Motion Limited | System and method for application program operation on a wireless device |
TWI405094B (en) | 2005-11-28 | 2013-08-11 | Ibm | System for preventing unauthorized acquisition of information, and method thereof |
US8286002B2 (en) | 2005-12-02 | 2012-10-09 | Alcatel Lucent | Method and apparatus for providing secure remote access to enterprise networks |
US20070180509A1 (en) | 2005-12-07 | 2007-08-02 | Swartz Alon R | Practical platform for high risk applications |
US20070136471A1 (en) | 2005-12-12 | 2007-06-14 | Ip3 Networks | Systems and methods for negotiating and enforcing access to network resources |
US20070140241A1 (en) | 2005-12-16 | 2007-06-21 | General Instrument Corporation | Fast processing of multicast data |
GB2433794B (en) | 2005-12-21 | 2010-08-18 | Advanced Risc Mach Ltd | Interrupt controller utiilising programmable priority values |
JP2009521742A (en) | 2005-12-26 | 2009-06-04 | コーニンクレッカ フィリップス エレクトロニクス エヌ ヴィ | Method and apparatus for rights management |
US8621549B2 (en) | 2005-12-29 | 2013-12-31 | Nextlabs, Inc. | Enforcing control policies in an information management system |
US7716240B2 (en) | 2005-12-29 | 2010-05-11 | Nextlabs, Inc. | Techniques and system to deploy policies intelligently |
US20090221278A1 (en) | 2005-12-30 | 2009-09-03 | Telecom Italia S.P.A. | Method for Customizing the Operation of a Telephonic Terminal |
WO2007092651A2 (en) | 2006-01-04 | 2007-08-16 | Nytor, Inc. | Trusted host platform |
US20070174429A1 (en) | 2006-01-24 | 2007-07-26 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Methods and servers for establishing a connection between a client system and a virtual machine hosting a requested computing environment |
WO2007089503A2 (en) | 2006-01-26 | 2007-08-09 | Imprivata, Inc. | Systems and methods for multi-factor authentication |
US8132242B1 (en) | 2006-02-13 | 2012-03-06 | Juniper Networks, Inc. | Automated authentication of software applications using a limited-use token |
US7664865B2 (en) | 2006-02-15 | 2010-02-16 | Microsoft Corporation | Securely hosting a webbrowser control in a managed code environment |
CN101022610A (en) | 2006-02-15 | 2007-08-22 | 乐金电子(中国)研究开发中心有限公司 | Cellphone with guard function and guard method |
US8676973B2 (en) | 2006-03-07 | 2014-03-18 | Novell Intellectual Property Holdings, Inc. | Light-weight multi-user browser |
US7725922B2 (en) | 2006-03-21 | 2010-05-25 | Novell, Inc. | System and method for using sandboxes in a managed shell |
US20070226225A1 (en) | 2006-03-22 | 2007-09-27 | Yiu Timothy C | Mobile collaboration and communication system |
US20070226034A1 (en) | 2006-03-23 | 2007-09-27 | Kyocera Wireless Corp. | Wireless communication device meeting scheduler |
CN101444119A (en) | 2006-03-27 | 2009-05-27 | 意大利电信股份公司 | System for implementing security police on mobile communication equipment |
US7774323B2 (en) | 2006-03-27 | 2010-08-10 | Sap Portals Israel Ltd. | Method and apparatus for delivering managed applications to remote locations |
WO2007113709A1 (en) | 2006-03-30 | 2007-10-11 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | Method and apparatus for assigning an application to a security restriction |
US9112897B2 (en) | 2006-03-30 | 2015-08-18 | Advanced Network Technology Laboratories Pte Ltd. | System and method for securing a network session |
US9104871B2 (en) | 2006-04-06 | 2015-08-11 | Juniper Networks, Inc. | Malware detection system and method for mobile platforms |
US8151323B2 (en) | 2006-04-12 | 2012-04-03 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Systems and methods for providing levels of access and action control via an SSL VPN appliance |
US8181010B1 (en) | 2006-04-17 | 2012-05-15 | Oracle America, Inc. | Distributed authentication user interface system |
US7454102B2 (en) | 2006-04-26 | 2008-11-18 | Honeywell International Inc. | Optical coupling structure |
US20070261099A1 (en) | 2006-05-02 | 2007-11-08 | Broussard Scott J | Confidential content reporting system and method with electronic mail verification functionality |
US8700772B2 (en) | 2006-05-03 | 2014-04-15 | Cloud Systems, Inc. | System and method for automating the management, routing, and control of multiple devices and inter-device connections |
US7890612B2 (en) | 2006-05-08 | 2011-02-15 | Electro Guard Corp. | Method and apparatus for regulating data flow between a communications device and a network |
US20070266421A1 (en) | 2006-05-12 | 2007-11-15 | Redcannon, Inc. | System, method and computer program product for centrally managing policies assignable to a plurality of portable end-point security devices over a network |
US7574090B2 (en) | 2006-05-12 | 2009-08-11 | Toshiba America Electronic Components, Inc. | Semiconductor device using buried oxide layer as optical wave guides |
US7743260B2 (en) | 2006-05-17 | 2010-06-22 | Richard Fetik | Firewall+storage apparatus, method and system |
US8085891B2 (en) | 2006-05-29 | 2011-12-27 | Research In Motion Limited | System and method for management of mobile device communication |
US20080046580A1 (en) | 2006-06-29 | 2008-02-21 | Nokia Corporation | Account creation system and call processing system |
US20080027982A1 (en) | 2006-07-27 | 2008-01-31 | Ebay Inc. | Indefinite caching expiration techniques |
JP2008033751A (en) | 2006-07-31 | 2008-02-14 | Ziosoft Inc | Update method and update system |
US8869262B2 (en) | 2006-08-03 | 2014-10-21 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Systems and methods for application based interception of SSL/VPN traffic |
US8272048B2 (en) | 2006-08-04 | 2012-09-18 | Apple Inc. | Restriction of program process capabilities |
US8341747B2 (en) | 2006-08-08 | 2012-12-25 | International Business Machines Corporation | Method to provide a secure virtual machine launcher |
US8082574B2 (en) | 2006-08-11 | 2011-12-20 | Certes Networks, Inc. | Enforcing security groups in network of data processors |
US8234704B2 (en) | 2006-08-14 | 2012-07-31 | Quantum Security, Inc. | Physical access control and security monitoring system utilizing a normalized data format |
US20080133729A1 (en) | 2006-08-17 | 2008-06-05 | Neustar, Inc. | System and method for managing domain policy for interconnected communication networks |
US8903365B2 (en) | 2006-08-18 | 2014-12-02 | Ca, Inc. | Mobile device management |
US20080047006A1 (en) | 2006-08-21 | 2008-02-21 | Pantech Co., Ltd. | Method for registering rights issuer and domain authority in digital rights management and method for implementing secure content exchange functions using the same |
US8010995B2 (en) | 2006-09-08 | 2011-08-30 | International Business Machines Corporation | Methods, systems, and computer program products for implementing inter-process integrity serialization |
US8037453B1 (en) | 2006-09-13 | 2011-10-11 | Urbancode, Inc. | System and method for continuous software configuration, test and build management |
US8245285B1 (en) | 2006-09-22 | 2012-08-14 | Oracle America, Inc. | Transport-level web application security on a resource-constrained device |
US8327427B2 (en) | 2006-09-25 | 2012-12-04 | Rockstar Consortium Us Lp | System and method for transparent single sign-on |
US8607301B2 (en) | 2006-09-27 | 2013-12-10 | Certes Networks, Inc. | Deploying group VPNS and security groups over an end-to-end enterprise network |
JP2008096484A (en) | 2006-10-06 | 2008-04-24 | Sony Corp | Optical semiconductor apparatus |
JP4959282B2 (en) | 2006-10-13 | 2012-06-20 | 中国電力株式会社 | Application operation control system and application operation control method |
US9135444B2 (en) | 2006-10-19 | 2015-09-15 | Novell, Inc. | Trusted platform module (TPM) assisted data center management |
EP2108147B1 (en) | 2006-10-20 | 2017-03-08 | Her Majesty The Queen, In Right Of Canada As Represented By The Minister Of Health Through The Public Health Agency Of Canada | Method and apparatus for software policy management |
US8259568B2 (en) | 2006-10-23 | 2012-09-04 | Mcafee, Inc. | System and method for controlling mobile device access to a network |
CN101170401B (en) | 2006-10-27 | 2011-02-02 | 鸿富锦精密工业(深圳)有限公司 | Email encryption/decryption system and its method |
US8126128B1 (en) | 2006-11-01 | 2012-02-28 | At&T Intellectual Property I, Lp | Life cycle management of user-selected applications on wireless communications devices |
US8095786B1 (en) | 2006-11-09 | 2012-01-10 | Juniper Networks, Inc. | Application-specific network-layer virtual private network connections |
US8281299B2 (en) | 2006-11-10 | 2012-10-02 | Purdue Research Foundation | Map-closure: a general purpose mechanism for nonstandard interpretation |
US8365258B2 (en) | 2006-11-16 | 2013-01-29 | Phonefactor, Inc. | Multi factor authentication |
GB2446199A (en) | 2006-12-01 | 2008-08-06 | David Irvine | Secure, decentralised and anonymous peer-to-peer network |
US20080141335A1 (en) | 2006-12-08 | 2008-06-12 | Novell, Inc. | Provisioning software with policy-appropriate capabilities |
US9124650B2 (en) | 2006-12-13 | 2015-09-01 | Quickplay Media Inc. | Digital rights management in a mobile environment |
JP5070835B2 (en) | 2006-12-26 | 2012-11-14 | 日本電気株式会社 | Function limiting method for portable terminal and portable terminal |
US8869189B2 (en) | 2006-12-29 | 2014-10-21 | Echostar Technologies L.L.C. | Controlling access to content and/or services |
CA2578472C (en) | 2007-01-12 | 2013-01-15 | Truecontext Corporation | Methods and system for orchestrating services and data sharing on mobile devices |
WO2008088073A1 (en) | 2007-01-18 | 2008-07-24 | Panasonic Corporation | Obfuscation assisting apparatus |
US8214451B2 (en) | 2007-01-19 | 2012-07-03 | Alcatel Lucent | Network service version management |
WO2008086611A1 (en) | 2007-01-19 | 2008-07-24 | Research In Motion Limited | Selectively wiping a remote device |
US7765374B2 (en) | 2007-01-25 | 2010-07-27 | Microsoft Corporation | Protecting operating-system resources |
US8909702B2 (en) | 2007-01-29 | 2014-12-09 | Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd. | System and method for coordination of devices in a presentation environment |
US7644377B1 (en) | 2007-01-31 | 2010-01-05 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Generating a configuration of a system that satisfies constraints contained in models |
JP5195433B2 (en) | 2007-02-05 | 2013-05-08 | 富士通株式会社 | Policy change processing program, policy change processing method, policy change processing device |
US8132233B2 (en) | 2007-02-05 | 2012-03-06 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Dynamic network access control method and apparatus |
WO2008097191A1 (en) | 2007-02-07 | 2008-08-14 | Encentuate Pte Ltd | Non-invasive usage tracking, access control, policy enforcement, audit logging, and user action automation on software applications |
US8095517B2 (en) | 2007-02-08 | 2012-01-10 | Blue Coat Systems, Inc. | Method and system for policy-based protection of application data |
US8074227B2 (en) | 2007-02-08 | 2011-12-06 | Microsoft Corporation | Utilizing a first managed process to host at least a second managed process |
US7761523B2 (en) | 2007-02-09 | 2010-07-20 | Research In Motion Limited | Schedulable e-mail filters |
US8126506B2 (en) | 2007-02-14 | 2012-02-28 | Nuance Communications, Inc. | System and method for securely managing data stored on mobile devices, such as enterprise mobility data |
US7864762B2 (en) | 2007-02-14 | 2011-01-04 | Cipheroptics, Inc. | Ethernet encryption over resilient virtual private LAN services |
US8689334B2 (en) | 2007-02-28 | 2014-04-01 | Alcatel Lucent | Security protection for a customer programmable platform |
US20080229117A1 (en) | 2007-03-07 | 2008-09-18 | Shin Kang G | Apparatus for preventing digital piracy |
US20080222707A1 (en) | 2007-03-07 | 2008-09-11 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Systems and methods for controlling service access on a wireless communication device |
JP4973246B2 (en) | 2007-03-09 | 2012-07-11 | 日本電気株式会社 | Access right management system, server, and access right management program |
WO2008114256A2 (en) | 2007-03-22 | 2008-09-25 | Neocleus Ltd. | Trusted local single sign-on |
CN101281461B (en) | 2007-04-04 | 2012-07-04 | 国际商业机器公司 | Method and device for transfer applying dependent system environment |
US8484693B2 (en) | 2007-04-27 | 2013-07-09 | Gregory W. Cox | Efficient policy conflict detection |
US20080270240A1 (en) | 2007-04-30 | 2008-10-30 | Viva Chu | Systems and methods of managing tasks assigned to an individual |
US8584227B2 (en) | 2007-05-09 | 2013-11-12 | Microsoft Corporation | Firewall with policy hints |
US8375361B2 (en) | 2007-05-29 | 2013-02-12 | International Business Machines Corporation | Identifying changes in source code |
US10019570B2 (en) | 2007-06-14 | 2018-07-10 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Protection and communication abstractions for web browsers |
US20080313257A1 (en) | 2007-06-15 | 2008-12-18 | Allen James D | Method and Apparatus for Policy-Based Transfer of an Application Environment |
US8463253B2 (en) | 2007-06-21 | 2013-06-11 | Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. | Flexible lifestyle portable communications device |
US8027518B2 (en) | 2007-06-25 | 2011-09-27 | Microsoft Corporation | Automatic configuration of devices based on biometric data |
US20090006232A1 (en) | 2007-06-29 | 2009-01-01 | Gallagher Ken A | Secure computer and internet transaction software and hardware and uses thereof |
EP2031916B1 (en) | 2007-07-27 | 2011-12-21 | Research In Motion Limited | Administration of policies for wireless devices in a wireless communication system |
DE602008004958D1 (en) | 2007-07-27 | 2011-03-31 | Research In Motion Ltd | Remote control in a wireless communication system |
US8060074B2 (en) | 2007-07-30 | 2011-11-15 | Mobile Iron, Inc. | Virtual instance architecture for mobile device management systems |
US7895409B2 (en) | 2007-07-30 | 2011-02-22 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Application inspection tool for determining a security partition |
WO2009021200A1 (en) | 2007-08-08 | 2009-02-12 | Innopath Software, Inc. | Managing and enforcing policies on mobile devices |
US20090049425A1 (en) | 2007-08-14 | 2009-02-19 | Aladdin Knowledge Systems Ltd. | Code Obfuscation By Reference Linking |
EP2028805A1 (en) | 2007-08-20 | 2009-02-25 | Research In Motion Limited | System and method for displaying a security encoding indicator associated with a message attachment |
US8306509B2 (en) | 2007-08-31 | 2012-11-06 | At&T Mobility Ii Llc | Enhanced messaging with language translation feature |
EP2034687B1 (en) | 2007-09-04 | 2012-06-13 | Research In Motion Limited | System and method for processing attachments to messages sent to a mobile device |
JP2009070073A (en) | 2007-09-12 | 2009-04-02 | Sumitomo Electric Ind Ltd | Information processor and agent computer program |
US20090077638A1 (en) | 2007-09-17 | 2009-03-19 | Novell, Inc. | Setting and synching preferred credentials in a disparate credential store environment |
US8554176B2 (en) | 2007-09-18 | 2013-10-08 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for creating a remotely activated secure backup service for mobile handsets |
US8001278B2 (en) | 2007-09-28 | 2011-08-16 | Intel Corporation | Network packet payload compression |
US20090100060A1 (en) | 2007-10-11 | 2009-04-16 | Noam Livnat | Device, system, and method of file-utilization management |
US8179886B2 (en) | 2007-10-23 | 2012-05-15 | Openpeak Inc. | System for supporting analog telephones in an IP telephone network |
KR100946824B1 (en) | 2007-10-31 | 2010-03-09 | (주)피엑스디 | Digital broadcast widget system and method of displying widget |
JP2011504623A (en) | 2007-11-02 | 2011-02-10 | クゥアルコム・インコーポレイテッド | Configurable system event and resource arbitration management apparatus and method |
WO2009062194A1 (en) | 2007-11-09 | 2009-05-14 | Proxense, Llc | Proximity-sensor supporting multiple application services |
US20090228963A1 (en) | 2007-11-26 | 2009-09-10 | Nortel Networks Limited | Context-based network security |
WO2009076447A1 (en) | 2007-12-10 | 2009-06-18 | Courion Corporaton | Policy enforcement using esso |
US8060596B1 (en) | 2007-12-26 | 2011-11-15 | Symantec Corporation | Methods and systems for normalizing data loss prevention categorization information |
US8453198B2 (en) | 2007-12-27 | 2013-05-28 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Policy based, delegated limited network access management |
US20090172657A1 (en) | 2007-12-28 | 2009-07-02 | Nokia, Inc. | System, Method, Apparatus, Mobile Terminal and Computer Program Product for Providing Secure Mixed-Language Components to a System Dynamically |
US8538376B2 (en) | 2007-12-28 | 2013-09-17 | Apple Inc. | Event-based modes for electronic devices |
US20090171906A1 (en) | 2008-01-02 | 2009-07-02 | Research In Motion Limited | System and method for providing information relating to an email being provided to an electronic device |
CN101217663B (en) | 2008-01-09 | 2010-09-08 | 上海华平信息技术股份有限公司 | A quick selecting method of the encode mode of image pixel block for the encoder |
US20090183227A1 (en) | 2008-01-11 | 2009-07-16 | Microsoft Corporation | Secure Runtime Execution of Web Script Content on a Client |
JP2009169661A (en) | 2008-01-16 | 2009-07-30 | Hitachi Software Eng Co Ltd | Management method and system for security policy of secure os |
WO2009089626A1 (en) | 2008-01-16 | 2009-07-23 | Bayalink Solutions Corp. | Secured presentation layer virtualization for wireless handheld communication device |
US8918865B2 (en) | 2008-01-22 | 2014-12-23 | Wontok, Inc. | System and method for protecting data accessed through a network connection |
US20090199277A1 (en) | 2008-01-31 | 2009-08-06 | Norman James M | Credential arrangement in single-sign-on environment |
US20090199178A1 (en) | 2008-02-01 | 2009-08-06 | Microsoft Corporation | Virtual Application Management |
US9185554B2 (en) | 2008-02-15 | 2015-11-10 | Appcentral, Inc. | System and methods to store, retrieve, manage, augment and monitor applications on appliances |
CA2700689A1 (en) | 2008-02-15 | 2009-08-20 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Systems and methods for secure handling of secure attention sequences |
US8117146B2 (en) | 2008-02-20 | 2012-02-14 | Oracle International Corporation | Computing the values of configuration parameters for optimal performance of associated applications |
JPWO2009104721A1 (en) | 2008-02-21 | 2011-06-23 | 日本電気株式会社 | Mobile terminal context efficiency utilization method and system |
US20090222880A1 (en) | 2008-03-03 | 2009-09-03 | Tresys Technology, Llc | Configurable access control security for virtualization |
US8078713B1 (en) | 2008-03-05 | 2011-12-13 | Full Armor Corporation | Delivering policy settings with virtualized applications |
US8607304B2 (en) | 2008-03-07 | 2013-12-10 | At&T Mobility Ii Llc | System and method for policy-enabled mobile service gateway |
US20130254660A1 (en) | 2008-03-13 | 2013-09-26 | Robb Fujioka | Tablet computer |
US9747141B2 (en) | 2008-03-25 | 2017-08-29 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Apparatus and methods for widget intercommunication in a wireless communication environment |
US8990911B2 (en) | 2008-03-30 | 2015-03-24 | Emc Corporation | System and method for single sign-on to resources across a network |
US9576157B2 (en) | 2008-04-02 | 2017-02-21 | Yougetitback Limited | Method for mitigating the unauthorized use of a device |
US7966652B2 (en) | 2008-04-07 | 2011-06-21 | Safemashups Inc. | Mashauth: using mashssl for efficient delegated authentication |
US20090319772A1 (en) | 2008-04-25 | 2009-12-24 | Netapp, Inc. | In-line content based security for data at rest in a network storage system |
CN101572678B (en) | 2008-04-30 | 2012-09-19 | 北京明朝万达科技有限公司 | Mail attachment transparent privacy control method |
WO2009135301A1 (en) | 2008-05-07 | 2009-11-12 | Chalk Media Service Corp. | Method for enabling bandwidth management for mobile content delivery |
US8549657B2 (en) | 2008-05-12 | 2013-10-01 | Microsoft Corporation | Owner privacy in a shared mobile device |
CN101588353B (en) | 2008-05-21 | 2012-09-19 | 闪联信息技术工程中心有限公司 | Method, system and equipment for sharing files |
JP5326363B2 (en) | 2008-05-30 | 2013-10-30 | 株式会社リコー | Image forming apparatus, authentication control method, and program |
US8326958B1 (en) | 2009-01-28 | 2012-12-04 | Headwater Partners I, Llc | Service activation tracking system |
US8406748B2 (en) | 2009-01-28 | 2013-03-26 | Headwater Partners I Llc | Adaptive ambient services |
US8924469B2 (en) | 2008-06-05 | 2014-12-30 | Headwater Partners I Llc | Enterprise access control and accounting allocation for access networks |
US8832777B2 (en) | 2009-03-02 | 2014-09-09 | Headwater Partners I Llc | Adapting network policies based on device service processor configuration |
US9069599B2 (en) | 2008-06-19 | 2015-06-30 | Servicemesh, Inc. | System and method for a cloud computing abstraction layer with security zone facilities |
US8931038B2 (en) | 2009-06-19 | 2015-01-06 | Servicemesh, Inc. | System and method for a cloud computing abstraction layer |
US8990348B2 (en) | 2008-06-25 | 2015-03-24 | Lenovo Innovations Limited (Hong Kong) | Information processing system, server device, information device for personal use, and access management method |
US8204196B2 (en) | 2008-06-25 | 2012-06-19 | International Business Machines Corporation | Notification to absent teleconference invitees |
US8117589B2 (en) | 2008-06-26 | 2012-02-14 | Microsoft Corporation | Metadata driven API development |
US9071974B2 (en) | 2008-06-29 | 2015-06-30 | Oceans Edge, Inc. | Mobile telephone firewall and compliance enforcement system and method |
US8584114B2 (en) | 2008-06-30 | 2013-11-12 | Mo'minis Ltd | Method of generating and distributing a computer application |
US8156442B2 (en) | 2008-06-30 | 2012-04-10 | Nokia Corporation | Life recorder and sharing |
GB2462442A (en) | 2008-08-06 | 2010-02-10 | Zybert Computing Ltd | A remote server centrally controls access to data stored in a data container in an encrypted form |
US8862672B2 (en) | 2008-08-25 | 2014-10-14 | Microsoft Corporation | Content sharing and instant messaging |
CN101350814A (en) | 2008-08-26 | 2009-01-21 | 成都卫士通信息产业股份有限公司 | Safety remote access technology and gateway thereof |
CN101662765B (en) | 2008-08-29 | 2013-08-07 | 深圳富泰宏精密工业有限公司 | Encryption system and method of short message of mobile telephone |
US8365183B2 (en) | 2008-09-02 | 2013-01-29 | Ca, Inc. | System and method for dynamic resource provisioning for job placement |
US8238256B2 (en) | 2008-09-08 | 2012-08-07 | Nugent Raymond M | System and method for cloud computing |
US8763102B2 (en) | 2008-09-19 | 2014-06-24 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Single sign on infrastructure |
US9495538B2 (en) | 2008-09-25 | 2016-11-15 | Symantec Corporation | Graduated enforcement of restrictions according to an application's reputation |
US20100083358A1 (en) | 2008-09-29 | 2010-04-01 | Perfios Software Solutions Pvt. Ltd | Secure Data Aggregation While Maintaining Privacy |
US8528059B1 (en) | 2008-10-06 | 2013-09-03 | Goldman, Sachs & Co. | Apparatuses, methods and systems for a secure resource access and placement platform |
US20120137364A1 (en) | 2008-10-07 | 2012-05-31 | Mocana Corporation | Remote attestation of a mobile device |
US9026918B2 (en) | 2008-10-16 | 2015-05-05 | Accenture Global Services Limited | Enabling a user device to access enterprise data |
US9836702B2 (en) | 2008-10-16 | 2017-12-05 | International Business Machines Corporation | Digital rights management (DRM)-enabled policy management for an identity provider in a federated environment |
US20100125730A1 (en) | 2008-11-17 | 2010-05-20 | David Dodgson | Block-level data storage security system |
US20100150341A1 (en) | 2008-12-17 | 2010-06-17 | David Dodgson | Storage security using cryptographic splitting |
US20100146582A1 (en) | 2008-12-04 | 2010-06-10 | Dell Products L.P. | Encryption management in an information handling system |
US20100146523A1 (en) | 2008-12-05 | 2010-06-10 | Tripod Ventures Inc./ Entreprises Tripod Inc. | Browser environment application and local file server application system |
US8931033B2 (en) | 2008-12-12 | 2015-01-06 | Microsoft Corporation | Integrating policies from a plurality of disparate management agents |
US8650290B2 (en) | 2008-12-19 | 2014-02-11 | Openpeak Inc. | Portable computing device and method of operation of same |
US8788655B2 (en) | 2008-12-19 | 2014-07-22 | Openpeak Inc. | Systems for accepting and approving applications and methods of operation of same |
US8612582B2 (en) | 2008-12-19 | 2013-12-17 | Openpeak Inc. | Managed services portals and method of operation of same |
US8615581B2 (en) | 2008-12-19 | 2013-12-24 | Openpeak Inc. | System for managing devices and method of operation of same |
US20100159898A1 (en) | 2008-12-19 | 2010-06-24 | Openpeak, Inc. | Services platform for networked devices that provide telephony and digital media services |
US8856322B2 (en) | 2008-12-19 | 2014-10-07 | Openpeak Inc. | Supervisory portal systems and methods of operation of same |
US8745213B2 (en) | 2008-12-19 | 2014-06-03 | Openpeak Inc. | Managed services platform and method of operation of same |
US8245223B2 (en) | 2008-12-23 | 2012-08-14 | Microsoft Corporation | Networked deployment of multi-application customizations |
US8505078B2 (en) | 2008-12-28 | 2013-08-06 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Apparatus and methods for providing authorized device access |
US8272030B1 (en) | 2009-01-21 | 2012-09-18 | Sprint Communications Company L.P. | Dynamic security management for mobile communications device |
US8856909B1 (en) | 2009-01-23 | 2014-10-07 | Juniper Networks, Inc. | IF-MAP provisioning of resources and services |
US8793758B2 (en) | 2009-01-28 | 2014-07-29 | Headwater Partners I Llc | Security, fraud detection, and fraud mitigation in device-assisted services systems |
US20120005724A1 (en) | 2009-02-09 | 2012-01-05 | Imera Systems, Inc. | Method and system for protecting private enterprise resources in a cloud computing environment |
US20100228961A1 (en) | 2009-03-03 | 2010-09-09 | Erf Wireless, Inc. | Hierarchical secure networks |
US20100228825A1 (en) | 2009-03-06 | 2010-09-09 | Microsoft Corporation | Smart meeting room |
US8261361B2 (en) | 2009-03-11 | 2012-09-04 | Microsoft Corporation | Enabling sharing of mobile communication device |
US20100235216A1 (en) | 2009-03-16 | 2010-09-16 | Microsoft Corporation | Integration of pre-meeting and post-meeting experience into a meeting lifecycle |
US20100248699A1 (en) | 2009-03-31 | 2010-09-30 | Dumais Paul Mark Joseph | Remote application storage |
CN101854340B (en) | 2009-04-03 | 2015-04-01 | 瞻博网络公司 | Behavior based communication analysis carried out based on access control information |
AU2010234204A1 (en) | 2009-04-09 | 2011-11-10 | Aegis Mobility, Inc. | Context based data mediation |
US9665729B2 (en) | 2009-04-13 | 2017-05-30 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Revocation of application on mobile device |
US8660530B2 (en) | 2009-05-01 | 2014-02-25 | Apple Inc. | Remotely receiving and communicating commands to a mobile device for execution by the mobile device |
US8666367B2 (en) | 2009-05-01 | 2014-03-04 | Apple Inc. | Remotely locating and commanding a mobile device |
US9152401B2 (en) | 2009-05-02 | 2015-10-06 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Methods and systems for generating and delivering an interactive application delivery store |
US8419806B2 (en) | 2009-05-05 | 2013-04-16 | Absolute Software Corporation | Discriminating data protection system |
CN101888597A (en) | 2009-05-11 | 2010-11-17 | 河北省烟草公司张家口市公司 | Mobile OA system of mobile phone terminal |
EP2251986A1 (en) | 2009-05-15 | 2010-11-17 | Nxp B.V. | A near field communication device |
US20100299152A1 (en) | 2009-05-20 | 2010-11-25 | Mobile Iron, Inc. | Selective Management of Mobile Devices in an Enterprise Environment |
US8695058B2 (en) | 2009-05-20 | 2014-04-08 | Mobile Iron, Inc. | Selective management of mobile device data in an enterprise environment |
US9858925B2 (en) | 2009-06-05 | 2018-01-02 | Apple Inc. | Using context information to facilitate processing of commands in a virtual assistant |
US9183534B2 (en) | 2009-06-12 | 2015-11-10 | Apple Inc. | Devices with profile-based operating mode controls |
US9141412B2 (en) | 2009-06-16 | 2015-09-22 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Terminal services application virtualization for compatibility |
US8254957B2 (en) | 2009-06-16 | 2012-08-28 | Intel Corporation | Context-based limitation of mobile device operation |
US9621516B2 (en) | 2009-06-24 | 2017-04-11 | Vmware, Inc. | Firewall configured with dynamic membership sets representing machine attributes |
US8233882B2 (en) | 2009-06-26 | 2012-07-31 | Vmware, Inc. | Providing security in mobile devices via a virtualization software layer |
US8839422B2 (en) | 2009-06-30 | 2014-09-16 | George Mason Research Foundation, Inc. | Virtual browsing environment |
US8285681B2 (en) | 2009-06-30 | 2012-10-09 | Commvault Systems, Inc. | Data object store and server for a cloud storage environment, including data deduplication and data management across multiple cloud storage sites |
US8489685B2 (en) | 2009-07-17 | 2013-07-16 | Aryaka Networks, Inc. | Application acceleration as a service system and method |
US9386447B2 (en) | 2009-07-21 | 2016-07-05 | Scott Ferrill Tibbitts | Method and system for controlling a mobile communication device |
CA2698066A1 (en) | 2009-07-31 | 2011-01-31 | Nitobi Software Inc. | System and method for remotely compiling multi-platform native applications for mobile devices |
US8281381B2 (en) | 2009-08-03 | 2012-10-02 | Novell, Inc. | Techniques for environment single sign on |
US8392386B2 (en) | 2009-08-05 | 2013-03-05 | International Business Machines Corporation | Tracking file contents |
US8237068B2 (en) | 2009-08-07 | 2012-08-07 | OpeanPeak Inc. | Projected capacitive touch-sensitive panel |
JPWO2011018827A1 (en) | 2009-08-13 | 2013-01-17 | 株式会社日立製作所 | System and method for evaluating suitability of application in execution environment |
WO2011026530A1 (en) | 2009-09-07 | 2011-03-10 | Tomtom International B.V. | Navigation apparatus and method of supporting hands-free voice communication |
US8200626B1 (en) | 2009-09-18 | 2012-06-12 | Sprint Communications Company L.P. | Mobile device file management |
US8972878B2 (en) | 2009-09-21 | 2015-03-03 | Avaya Inc. | Screen icon manipulation by context and frequency of Use |
US9003387B2 (en) | 2009-09-25 | 2015-04-07 | Fisher-Rosemount Systems, Inc. | Automated deployment of computer-specific software updates |
JP4527802B2 (en) | 2009-10-19 | 2010-08-18 | 日本電気株式会社 | Computer system |
US8683547B2 (en) | 2009-10-28 | 2014-03-25 | Liveops, Inc. | System and method for implementing adaptive security zones |
US8850423B2 (en) | 2009-10-29 | 2014-09-30 | International Business Machines Corporation | Assisting server migration |
US8145199B2 (en) | 2009-10-31 | 2012-03-27 | BT Patent LLC | Controlling mobile device functions |
EP2334034B1 (en) | 2009-11-11 | 2018-06-27 | BlackBerry Limited | Using a trusted token and push for validating the request for single sign on |
US8595284B2 (en) | 2009-12-14 | 2013-11-26 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd | Web application script migration |
US8499304B2 (en) | 2009-12-15 | 2013-07-30 | At&T Mobility Ii Llc | Multiple mode mobile device |
US9244533B2 (en) | 2009-12-17 | 2016-01-26 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Camera navigation for presentations |
US8495746B2 (en) | 2009-12-18 | 2013-07-23 | Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. | Apparatuses, methods and systems of an application security management platform |
US8533780B2 (en) | 2009-12-22 | 2013-09-10 | Cisco Technology, Inc. | Dynamic content-based routing |
JP2011138446A (en) | 2009-12-30 | 2011-07-14 | Takashi Oshita | File encryption system which easily operable of encrypted independent file group on dedicated operation screen |
US8683322B1 (en) | 2010-02-10 | 2014-03-25 | Socialware, Inc. | Method, system and computer program product for structuring unstructured data originating from uncontrolled web application |
US20110208797A1 (en) | 2010-02-22 | 2011-08-25 | Full Armor Corporation | Geolocation-Based Management of Virtual Applications |
US8607325B2 (en) | 2010-02-22 | 2013-12-10 | Avaya Inc. | Enterprise level security system |
US8468455B2 (en) | 2010-02-24 | 2013-06-18 | Novell, Inc. | System and method for providing virtual desktop extensions on a client desktop |
US8019878B1 (en) | 2010-03-05 | 2011-09-13 | Brass Monkey, Inc. | System and method for two way communication and controlling content in a web browser |
US8464063B2 (en) | 2010-03-10 | 2013-06-11 | Avaya Inc. | Trusted group of a plurality of devices with single sign on, secure authentication |
JP2011191897A (en) | 2010-03-12 | 2011-09-29 | Murata Machinery Ltd | Image taking out management system, portable image display terminal, and image management device |
KR101632203B1 (en) | 2010-03-17 | 2016-06-22 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Method and apparatus for executing application of mobile terminal |
US9355282B2 (en) | 2010-03-24 | 2016-05-31 | Red Hat, Inc. | Using multiple display servers to protect data |
US8433901B2 (en) | 2010-04-07 | 2013-04-30 | Apple Inc. | System and method for wiping encrypted data on a device having file-level content protection |
US20110252459A1 (en) | 2010-04-12 | 2011-10-13 | Walsh Robert E | Multiple Server Access Management |
US20110314534A1 (en) | 2010-04-14 | 2011-12-22 | Lee James | Secured Execution Environments and Methods |
EP2378739B1 (en) | 2010-04-15 | 2015-04-01 | BlackBerry Limited | Method and system for transmitting an application to a device |
US8555377B2 (en) | 2010-04-29 | 2013-10-08 | High Cloud Security | Secure virtual machine |
US8805968B2 (en) | 2010-05-03 | 2014-08-12 | Panzura, Inc. | Accessing cached data from a peer cloud controller in a distributed filesystem |
US8935384B2 (en) | 2010-05-06 | 2015-01-13 | Mcafee Inc. | Distributed data revocation using data commands |
US9461996B2 (en) | 2010-05-07 | 2016-10-04 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Systems and methods for providing a single click access to enterprise, SAAS and cloud hosted application |
US9282097B2 (en) | 2010-05-07 | 2016-03-08 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Systems and methods for providing single sign on access to enterprise SAAS and cloud hosted applications |
EP2569916B1 (en) | 2010-05-09 | 2016-01-20 | Citrix Systems Inc. | Systems and methods for allocation of classes of service to network connections corresponding to virtual channels |
WO2011143068A2 (en) | 2010-05-09 | 2011-11-17 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Systems and methods for creation and delivery of encrypted virtual disks |
WO2011146711A1 (en) | 2010-05-21 | 2011-11-24 | Hsbc Technologies Inc. | Account opening computer system architecture and process for implementing same |
US20110296333A1 (en) | 2010-05-25 | 2011-12-01 | Bateman Steven S | User interaction gestures with virtual keyboard |
JP2011248683A (en) | 2010-05-27 | 2011-12-08 | Canon Inc | Cloud computing system, server computer, method for connecting device and program |
CN102906730A (en) | 2010-05-28 | 2013-01-30 | 无极公司 | Shared heartbeat service for managed devices |
US8972980B2 (en) | 2010-05-28 | 2015-03-03 | Bromium, Inc. | Automated provisioning of secure virtual execution environment using virtual machine templates based on requested activity |
US8468550B2 (en) | 2010-06-18 | 2013-06-18 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Mobile devices having plurality of virtual interfaces |
US8127350B2 (en) | 2010-06-30 | 2012-02-28 | Juniper Networks, Inc. | Multi-service VPN network client for mobile device |
US10142292B2 (en) | 2010-06-30 | 2018-11-27 | Pulse Secure Llc | Dual-mode multi-service VPN network client for mobile device |
US8549617B2 (en) | 2010-06-30 | 2013-10-01 | Juniper Networks, Inc. | Multi-service VPN network client for mobile device having integrated acceleration |
US8458787B2 (en) | 2010-06-30 | 2013-06-04 | Juniper Networks, Inc. | VPN network client for mobile device having dynamically translated user home page |
US9560036B2 (en) | 2010-07-08 | 2017-01-31 | International Business Machines Corporation | Cross-protocol federated single sign-on (F-SSO) for cloud enablement |
US8429674B2 (en) | 2010-07-20 | 2013-04-23 | Apple Inc. | Maintaining data states upon forced exit |
US8474017B2 (en) | 2010-07-23 | 2013-06-25 | Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. | Identity management and single sign-on in a heterogeneous composite service scenario |
JP5732767B2 (en) | 2010-07-26 | 2015-06-10 | 富士通株式会社 | PROCESSING DEVICE, PROCESSING METHOD, PROCESSING PROGRAM, COMPUTER-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM CONTAINING THE PROGRAM |
EP2599001A4 (en) | 2010-07-28 | 2013-07-31 | Admiemobile Llc | Systems and methods for establishing and maintaining virtual computing clouds |
EP2599027B1 (en) | 2010-07-28 | 2017-07-19 | Nextlabs, Inc. | Protecting documents using policies and encryption |
US20120030649A1 (en) | 2010-08-02 | 2012-02-02 | Advanced Bionics AG, c/o Froriep Renggli | Methods and Systems for Automatic Generation of Multithread-Safe Software Code |
US8539245B2 (en) | 2010-08-06 | 2013-09-17 | Intel Corporation | Apparatus and method for accessing a secure partition in non-volatile storage by a host system enabled after the system exits a first instance of a secure mode |
US9936333B2 (en) | 2010-08-10 | 2018-04-03 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Location and contextual-based mobile application promotion and delivery |
WO2012024418A1 (en) | 2010-08-17 | 2012-02-23 | Openpeak Inc. | System containing a mobile communication device and associated docking station |
US8539561B2 (en) | 2010-08-24 | 2013-09-17 | International Business Machines Corporation | Systems and methods to control device endpoint behavior using personae and policies |
US8739157B2 (en) | 2010-08-26 | 2014-05-27 | Adobe Systems Incorporated | System and method for managing cloud deployment configuration of an application |
US9421460B2 (en) | 2010-08-31 | 2016-08-23 | Sony Interactive Entertainment Inc. | Offline Progress of console game via portable device |
US20120066691A1 (en) | 2010-09-14 | 2012-03-15 | Paul Keith Branton | Private application clipboard |
US9147085B2 (en) | 2010-09-24 | 2015-09-29 | Blackberry Limited | Method for establishing a plurality of modes of operation on a mobile device |
US9582673B2 (en) | 2010-09-27 | 2017-02-28 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Separation of duties checks from entitlement sets |
US8958780B2 (en) | 2010-10-07 | 2015-02-17 | Blackberry Limited | Provisioning based on application and device capability |
JP5620781B2 (en) | 2010-10-14 | 2014-11-05 | キヤノン株式会社 | Information processing apparatus, control method thereof, and program |
WO2012054846A2 (en) | 2010-10-21 | 2012-04-26 | Openpeak Inc. | Multi-media device containing a plurality of image capturing devices |
WO2012061071A2 (en) | 2010-10-25 | 2012-05-10 | Openpeak, Inc. | User interface for multiple users |
US20120102564A1 (en) | 2010-10-25 | 2012-04-26 | Openpeak Inc. | Creating distinct user spaces through mountable file systems |
US20120110317A1 (en) | 2010-10-29 | 2012-05-03 | Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. | Content download manager |
US20120303476A1 (en) * | 2010-11-09 | 2012-11-29 | Openpeak Inc. | Communication devices, networks, services and accompanying methods |
US9191364B2 (en) | 2010-11-10 | 2015-11-17 | Okta, Inc. | Extensible framework for communicating over a firewall with a software application regarding a user account |
CN103314635B (en) | 2010-11-15 | 2017-01-18 | 黑莓有限公司 | Controlling data transfer on mobile devices |
US8359016B2 (en) | 2010-11-19 | 2013-01-22 | Mobile Iron, Inc. | Management of mobile applications |
US8869307B2 (en) | 2010-11-19 | 2014-10-21 | Mobile Iron, Inc. | Mobile posture-based policy, remediation and access control for enterprise resources |
KR20120057734A (en) | 2010-11-22 | 2012-06-07 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Server, device accessing server and control method |
US9219744B2 (en) | 2010-12-08 | 2015-12-22 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Mobile botnet mitigation |
US8931042B1 (en) | 2010-12-10 | 2015-01-06 | CellSec, Inc. | Dividing a data processing device into separate security domains |
US8918834B1 (en) | 2010-12-17 | 2014-12-23 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Creating custom policies in a remote-computing environment |
US8650620B2 (en) | 2010-12-20 | 2014-02-11 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Methods and apparatus to control privileges of mobile device applications |
AU2011202838B2 (en) | 2010-12-21 | 2014-04-10 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Mobile terminal and method of controlling a mode screen display therein |
AU2011202832B2 (en) | 2010-12-21 | 2013-01-24 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Mobile terminal and method of controlling a mode switching therein |
US9110743B2 (en) | 2010-12-21 | 2015-08-18 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Extensible system action for sharing while remaining in context |
US8856950B2 (en) | 2010-12-21 | 2014-10-07 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Mobile terminal and method of managing information therein including first operating system acting in first mode and second operating system acting in second mode |
AU2011202840B2 (en) | 2010-12-21 | 2014-04-17 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Mobile terminal and method of controlling a mode switching therein |
AU2011202837B2 (en) | 2010-12-21 | 2013-08-22 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Mobile terminal and method of controlling a mode switching therein |
US9178981B2 (en) | 2010-12-22 | 2015-11-03 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Mobile terminal and method of sharing information therein |
EP2469404B1 (en) | 2010-12-22 | 2018-04-18 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Mobile terminal and method of displaying information in accordance with a plurality of modes of use |
JP5017462B2 (en) | 2010-12-27 | 2012-09-05 | 株式会社東芝 | Information processing apparatus and removable media management method |
US8898487B2 (en) | 2010-12-27 | 2014-11-25 | Microsoft Corporation | Power management via coordination and selective operation of timer-related tasks |
US8931037B2 (en) | 2010-12-27 | 2015-01-06 | Microsoft Corporation | Policy-based access to virtualized applications |
US8676183B2 (en) | 2010-12-29 | 2014-03-18 | Openpeak Inc. | Method and apparatus for controlling de-subscription of a master device at a base station |
US9992055B2 (en) | 2010-12-31 | 2018-06-05 | Openpeak Llc | Disseminating commands from a DMS server to fielded devices using an extendable command architecture |
US20120174237A1 (en) | 2010-12-31 | 2012-07-05 | Openpeak Inc. | Location aware self-locking system and method for a mobile device |
US8463128B2 (en) | 2010-12-31 | 2013-06-11 | Openpeak Inc. | Translation of raw formatted infrared codes |
CN102591802A (en) | 2011-01-05 | 2012-07-18 | 广州市国迈科技有限公司 | USB flash disk with stored files openable while irreproducible |
US20120179909A1 (en) | 2011-01-06 | 2012-07-12 | Pitney Bowes Inc. | Systems and methods for providing individual electronic document secure storage, retrieval and use |
WO2012096963A1 (en) | 2011-01-10 | 2012-07-19 | Fiberlink Communications Corporation | System and method for extending cloud services into the customer premise |
US9612855B2 (en) | 2011-01-10 | 2017-04-04 | International Business Machines Corporation | Virtual machine migration based on the consent by the second virtual machine running of the target host |
US20120179904A1 (en) | 2011-01-11 | 2012-07-12 | Safenet, Inc. | Remote Pre-Boot Authentication |
US8898793B2 (en) | 2011-01-14 | 2014-11-25 | Nokia Corporation | Method and apparatus for adjusting context-based factors for selecting a security policy |
US20120198570A1 (en) | 2011-02-01 | 2012-08-02 | Bank Of America Corporation | Geo-Enabled Access Control |
US8806569B2 (en) | 2011-02-07 | 2014-08-12 | Tufin Software Technologies Ltd. | Method and system for analyzing security ruleset by generating a logically equivalent security rule-set |
US10003672B2 (en) | 2011-02-09 | 2018-06-19 | Cisco Technology, Inc. | Apparatus, systems and methods for deployment of interactive desktop applications on distributed infrastructures |
US8549656B2 (en) | 2011-02-11 | 2013-10-01 | Mocana Corporation | Securing and managing apps on a device |
US9306933B2 (en) | 2011-02-11 | 2016-04-05 | Mocana Corporation | Ensuring network connection security between a wrapped app and a remote server |
US20120209949A1 (en) | 2011-02-14 | 2012-08-16 | Alexandros Deliyannis | Methods and apparatus to monitor media content |
US8996807B2 (en) | 2011-02-15 | 2015-03-31 | Intelligent Intellectual Property Holdings 2 Llc | Systems and methods for a multi-level cache |
US9544396B2 (en) | 2011-02-23 | 2017-01-10 | Lookout, Inc. | Remote application installation and control for a mobile device |
KR20120096983A (en) | 2011-02-24 | 2012-09-03 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Malware detection method and mobile terminal therefor |
CN102959928B (en) | 2011-02-28 | 2016-09-07 | 西门子企业通讯有限责任两合公司 | Device and the mechanism of survivability service is dynamically distributed to mobile device |
US20120233130A1 (en) | 2011-03-11 | 2012-09-13 | Nagarajan Vedachalam | System and method for archiving emails |
US20120238206A1 (en) | 2011-03-14 | 2012-09-20 | Research In Motion Limited | Communications device providing near field communication (nfc) secure element disabling features related methods |
US8548443B2 (en) | 2011-03-16 | 2013-10-01 | Dell Products L.P. | System and method for selectively restricting portable information handling system features |
US9119017B2 (en) | 2011-03-18 | 2015-08-25 | Zscaler, Inc. | Cloud based mobile device security and policy enforcement |
US8955142B2 (en) | 2011-03-21 | 2015-02-10 | Mocana Corporation | Secure execution of unsecured apps on a device |
US8769305B2 (en) | 2011-03-21 | 2014-07-01 | Moncana Corporation | Secure execution of unsecured apps on a device |
US8812868B2 (en) | 2011-03-21 | 2014-08-19 | Mocana Corporation | Secure execution of unsecured apps on a device |
WO2012128682A1 (en) | 2011-03-22 | 2012-09-27 | Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) | Methods for exchanging user profile, profile mediator device, agents, computer programs and computer program products |
US20120246191A1 (en) | 2011-03-24 | 2012-09-27 | True Xiong | World-Wide Video Context Sharing |
US8621620B2 (en) | 2011-03-29 | 2013-12-31 | Mcafee, Inc. | System and method for protecting and securing storage devices using below-operating system trapping |
US20120250106A1 (en) | 2011-03-30 | 2012-10-04 | Infosys Technologies Ltd. | Method, device and system for updating an application on a mobile device |
US20120254768A1 (en) | 2011-03-31 | 2012-10-04 | Google Inc. | Customizing mobile applications |
US8458802B2 (en) | 2011-04-02 | 2013-06-04 | Intel Corporation | Method and device for managing digital usage rights of documents |
US8843734B2 (en) | 2011-04-04 | 2014-09-23 | Nextlabs, Inc. | Protecting information using policies and encryption |
US8261231B1 (en) | 2011-04-06 | 2012-09-04 | Media Direct, Inc. | Systems and methods for a mobile application development and development platform |
KR20120118819A (en) | 2011-04-19 | 2012-10-29 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Mobile terminal and system for managing applications using the same |
EP2523107B1 (en) | 2011-04-19 | 2018-11-07 | LG Electronics Inc. | Mobile terminal and system for managing applications using the same |
US9817677B2 (en) | 2011-04-22 | 2017-11-14 | Microsoft Technologies Licensing, LLC | Rule based data driven validation |
US10187494B2 (en) | 2011-04-26 | 2019-01-22 | Acumera, Inc. | Gateway device application development system |
US9094400B2 (en) | 2011-04-27 | 2015-07-28 | International Business Machines Corporation | Authentication in virtual private networks |
WO2012146985A2 (en) | 2011-04-28 | 2012-11-01 | Approxy Inc. Ltd. | Adaptive cloud-based application streaming |
US8738772B2 (en) | 2011-05-02 | 2014-05-27 | Mitel Networks Corporation | Regulating use of a mobile computing device for a user at a selected location |
US8806223B2 (en) * | 2011-05-03 | 2014-08-12 | Douglas Norman Crowe | System and method for management of encrypted data |
US8683556B2 (en) * | 2011-05-04 | 2014-03-25 | Apple Inc. | Electronic devices having adaptive security profiles and methods for selecting the same |
US8839395B2 (en) | 2011-05-13 | 2014-09-16 | Cch Incorporated | Single sign-on between applications |
KR101255137B1 (en) | 2011-05-17 | 2013-04-22 | 인크로스 주식회사 | Contents Testing Policy and Distribution Method |
US8443456B2 (en) | 2011-05-20 | 2013-05-14 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Providing multiple layers of security to file storage by an external storage provider |
EP2710755B1 (en) | 2011-05-20 | 2018-08-01 | Citrix Systems Inc. | Securing encrypted virtual hard disks |
US9037723B2 (en) | 2011-05-31 | 2015-05-19 | Red Hat, Inc. | Triggering workload movement based on policy stack having multiple selectable inputs |
CA2837716A1 (en) | 2011-06-01 | 2012-12-06 | Security First Corp. | Systems and methods for secure distributed storage |
US8578443B2 (en) | 2011-06-01 | 2013-11-05 | Mobileasap, Inc. | Real-time mobile application management |
KR101978180B1 (en) | 2011-06-09 | 2019-05-14 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Method and system for controlling user experience with an application on a client device |
US20120324568A1 (en) | 2011-06-14 | 2012-12-20 | Lookout, Inc., A California Corporation | Mobile web protection |
US10333711B2 (en) | 2011-06-17 | 2019-06-25 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Controlling access to protected objects |
US20120331527A1 (en) | 2011-06-22 | 2012-12-27 | TerraWi, Inc. | Multi-layer, geolocation-based network resource access and permissions |
US8843998B2 (en) | 2011-06-27 | 2014-09-23 | Cliqr Technologies, Inc. | Apparatus, systems and methods for secure and selective access to services in hybrid public-private infrastructures |
KR101801577B1 (en) | 2011-06-28 | 2017-11-27 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Mobile terminal and Method for controlling display thereof |
KR101819506B1 (en) | 2011-06-28 | 2018-01-17 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Mobile terminal and Method for controlling display thereof |
US9071518B2 (en) | 2011-07-01 | 2015-06-30 | Fiberlink Communications Corporation | Rules based actions for mobile device management |
US20130013727A1 (en) | 2011-07-05 | 2013-01-10 | Robin Edward Walker | System and method for providing a mobile persona environment |
KR101844289B1 (en) | 2011-07-06 | 2018-04-02 | 삼성전자 주식회사 | Method and apparatus for managing security of mobile terminal based on location information in mobile communication system |
US20130014267A1 (en) | 2011-07-07 | 2013-01-10 | Farrugia Augustin J | Computer protocol generation and obfuscation |
CN103782571A (en) | 2011-07-07 | 2014-05-07 | 思科技术公司 | System and method for providing a message and an event based video services control plane |
EP2729870A4 (en) | 2011-07-08 | 2014-12-17 | Openpeak Inc | System and method for validating components during a booting process |
US8756665B2 (en) | 2011-07-08 | 2014-06-17 | International Business Machines Corporation | Authenticating a rich client from within an existing browser session |
US9015320B2 (en) | 2011-07-12 | 2015-04-21 | Bank Of America Corporation | Dynamic provisioning of service requests |
US8719919B2 (en) | 2011-07-12 | 2014-05-06 | Bank Of America Corporation | Service mediation framework |
US9369307B2 (en) | 2011-07-12 | 2016-06-14 | Bank Of America Corporation | Optimized service integration |
US20130024928A1 (en) | 2011-07-22 | 2013-01-24 | Robert James Burke | Secure network communications for meters |
US9424144B2 (en) | 2011-07-27 | 2016-08-23 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Virtual machine migration to minimize packet loss in virtualized network |
US9942385B2 (en) | 2011-08-04 | 2018-04-10 | International Business Machines Corporation | System and method for preventing and/or limiting use of a mobile device |
US8924970B2 (en) | 2011-08-05 | 2014-12-30 | Vmware, Inc. | Sharing work environment information sources with personal environment applications |
US9171139B2 (en) | 2011-08-05 | 2015-10-27 | Vmware, Inc. | Lock screens to access work environments on a personal mobile device |
US9065826B2 (en) | 2011-08-08 | 2015-06-23 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Identifying application reputation based on resource accesses |
US8949929B2 (en) | 2011-08-10 | 2015-02-03 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for providing a secure virtual environment on a mobile device |
WO2013020177A1 (en) | 2011-08-11 | 2013-02-14 | Cocoon Data Holdings Limited | System and method for accessing securely stored data |
US9176780B2 (en) | 2011-08-23 | 2015-11-03 | Vmware, Inc. | Dynamically balancing memory resources between host and guest system based on relative amount of freeable memory and amount of memory allocated to hidden applications |
US8738868B2 (en) | 2011-08-23 | 2014-05-27 | Vmware, Inc. | Cooperative memory resource management for virtualized computing devices |
US8738688B2 (en) | 2011-08-24 | 2014-05-27 | Wavemarket, Inc. | System and method for enabling control of mobile device functional components |
CN102446256A (en) | 2011-08-24 | 2012-05-09 | 宇龙计算机通信科技(深圳)有限公司 | Terminal and application program management method |
KR20130023656A (en) | 2011-08-29 | 2013-03-08 | 주식회사 팬택 | Portable multifunction device and method for controlling permission of application |
US8898459B2 (en) | 2011-08-31 | 2014-11-25 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Policy configuration for mobile device applications |
US20130059284A1 (en) | 2011-09-07 | 2013-03-07 | Teegee, Llc | Interactive electronic toy and learning device system |
WO2013036946A1 (en) | 2011-09-09 | 2013-03-14 | Stoneware, Inc. | Method and apparatus for key sharing over remote desktop protocol |
US10063430B2 (en) | 2011-09-09 | 2018-08-28 | Cloudon Ltd. | Systems and methods for workspace interaction with cloud-based applications |
US9652738B2 (en) | 2011-09-14 | 2017-05-16 | Avaya Inc. | System and method for a communication session identifier |
US10165007B2 (en) | 2011-09-15 | 2018-12-25 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Securing data usage in computing devices |
US8825863B2 (en) | 2011-09-20 | 2014-09-02 | International Business Machines Corporation | Virtual machine placement within a server farm |
KR101258834B1 (en) | 2011-09-23 | 2013-05-06 | 삼성에스디에스 주식회사 | Apparatus and method for management of mobile device by security policy, and management server for management of mobile device |
US8554179B2 (en) | 2011-09-23 | 2013-10-08 | Blackberry Limited | Managing mobile device applications |
US8806639B2 (en) | 2011-09-30 | 2014-08-12 | Avaya Inc. | Contextual virtual machines for application quarantine and assessment method and system |
US9451451B2 (en) | 2011-09-30 | 2016-09-20 | Tutela Technologies Ltd. | System for regulating wireless device operations in wireless networks |
US10083247B2 (en) | 2011-10-01 | 2018-09-25 | Oracle International Corporation | Generating state-driven role-based landing pages |
US8682973B2 (en) | 2011-10-05 | 2014-03-25 | Microsoft Corporation | Multi-user and multi-device collaboration |
US9544158B2 (en) | 2011-10-05 | 2017-01-10 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Workspace collaboration via a wall-type computing device |
US9131147B2 (en) | 2011-10-07 | 2015-09-08 | Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd. | System and method for detecting and acting on multiple people crowding a small display for information sharing |
US8695060B2 (en) | 2011-10-10 | 2014-04-08 | Openpeak Inc. | System and method for creating secure applications |
US8402011B1 (en) | 2011-10-10 | 2013-03-19 | Google Inc. | System and method for managing user web browsing information |
US9137262B2 (en) | 2011-10-11 | 2015-09-15 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Providing secure mobile device access to enterprise resources using application tunnels |
US20140032733A1 (en) | 2011-10-11 | 2014-01-30 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Policy-Based Application Management |
US8799994B2 (en) | 2011-10-11 | 2014-08-05 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Policy-based application management |
US8806570B2 (en) | 2011-10-11 | 2014-08-12 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Policy-based application management |
US8239918B1 (en) | 2011-10-11 | 2012-08-07 | Google Inc. | Application marketplace administrative controls |
US9280377B2 (en) | 2013-03-29 | 2016-03-08 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Application with multiple operation modes |
US8971842B2 (en) * | 2011-10-12 | 2015-03-03 | Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. | Enterprise mobile application store |
WO2013054296A2 (en) | 2011-10-14 | 2013-04-18 | Snaith Gregory Emerson | Enterprise resource planning system |
US20130097660A1 (en) | 2011-10-17 | 2013-04-18 | Mcafee, Inc. | System and method for whitelisting applications in a mobile network environment |
US20130097296A1 (en) | 2011-10-18 | 2013-04-18 | Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) | Secure cloud-based virtual machine migration |
KR101834995B1 (en) | 2011-10-21 | 2018-03-07 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Method and apparatus for sharing contents between devices |
US8789179B2 (en) | 2011-10-28 | 2014-07-22 | Novell, Inc. | Cloud protection techniques |
US10291658B2 (en) | 2011-11-09 | 2019-05-14 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Techniques to apply and share remote policies on mobile devices |
US8990558B2 (en) | 2011-11-09 | 2015-03-24 | Safer Point Ltd | Securing information in a cloud computing system |
US9106650B2 (en) | 2011-11-09 | 2015-08-11 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | User-driven access control |
US20130117055A1 (en) | 2011-11-09 | 2013-05-09 | Microsoft Corporation | Techniques to provide enterprise resource planning functions from an e-mail client application |
WO2013070126A1 (en) | 2011-11-10 | 2013-05-16 | Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) | Policy controlled preload and consumption of software application |
US8688768B2 (en) | 2011-11-18 | 2014-04-01 | Ca, Inc. | System and method for hand-offs in cloud environments |
US8849348B2 (en) | 2011-11-22 | 2014-09-30 | Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. | Mobile device session switching |
US8893261B2 (en) | 2011-11-22 | 2014-11-18 | Vmware, Inc. | Method and system for VPN isolation using network namespaces |
US9256758B2 (en) | 2011-11-29 | 2016-02-09 | Dell Products L.P. | Mode sensitive encryption |
US8667579B2 (en) | 2011-11-29 | 2014-03-04 | Genband Us Llc | Methods, systems, and computer readable media for bridging user authentication, authorization, and access between web-based and telecom domains |
US9772875B2 (en) | 2011-11-29 | 2017-09-26 | Dell Products L.P. | Multiple framework level modes |
US9143943B2 (en) | 2011-11-29 | 2015-09-22 | Dell Products L.P. | Mode sensitive networking |
US20130144934A1 (en) | 2011-12-01 | 2013-06-06 | Microsoft Corporation | Web Content Targeting Based on Client Application Availability |
US9100854B2 (en) | 2011-12-06 | 2015-08-04 | T-Mobile Usa, Inc. | Quality of service application controller and user equipment application profiler |
US8935375B2 (en) | 2011-12-12 | 2015-01-13 | Microsoft Corporation | Increasing availability of stateful applications |
US20130305354A1 (en) | 2011-12-23 | 2013-11-14 | Microsoft Corporation | Restricted execution modes |
US20130171967A1 (en) | 2012-01-04 | 2013-07-04 | Ayman S. Ashour | Providing Secure Execution of Mobile Device Workflows |
US8863297B2 (en) | 2012-01-06 | 2014-10-14 | Mobile Iron, Inc. | Secure virtual file management system |
JP2015508540A (en) | 2012-01-06 | 2015-03-19 | オプティオ ラブス リミテッド ライアビリティ カンパニー | System and method for enhancing security in mobile computing |
US20130179372A1 (en) | 2012-01-09 | 2013-07-11 | Openpeak Inc. | System and method for automatic provisioning of applications |
US20140026128A1 (en) | 2012-01-09 | 2014-01-23 | Openpeak Inc. | Educational Management System and Method of Operation for Same |
US9507630B2 (en) | 2012-02-09 | 2016-11-29 | Cisco Technology, Inc. | Application context transfer for distributed computing resources |
EP2629478B1 (en) * | 2012-02-16 | 2018-05-16 | BlackBerry Limited | Method and apparatus for separation of connection data by perimeter type |
US9037897B2 (en) | 2012-02-17 | 2015-05-19 | International Business Machines Corporation | Elastic cloud-driven task execution |
US8793344B2 (en) | 2012-02-17 | 2014-07-29 | Oracle International Corporation | System and method for generating a response plan for a hypothetical event |
US8918881B2 (en) | 2012-02-24 | 2014-12-23 | Appthority, Inc. | Off-device anti-malware protection for mobile devices |
US9323563B2 (en) | 2012-02-28 | 2016-04-26 | Red Hat Israel, Ltd. | Determining virtual machine migration in view of a migration rule |
US9047107B2 (en) | 2012-02-29 | 2015-06-02 | Red Hat, Inc. | Applying a custom security type label to multi-tenant applications of a node in a platform-as-a-service environment |
US9529993B2 (en) | 2012-03-02 | 2016-12-27 | International Business Machines Corporation | Policy-driven approach to managing privileged/shared identity in an enterprise |
AU2012372176A1 (en) | 2012-03-05 | 2014-01-09 | Mtek C&K Co., Ltd. | Method and apparatus for controlling automatic interworking of multiple devices |
WO2013134616A1 (en) * | 2012-03-09 | 2013-09-12 | RAPsphere, Inc. | Method and apparatus for securing mobile applications |
US20130237152A1 (en) | 2012-03-09 | 2013-09-12 | Kulveer Taggar | Methods and systems for hardware and software related to a near field communications task launcher |
US9027076B2 (en) | 2012-03-23 | 2015-05-05 | Lockheed Martin Corporation | Method and apparatus for context aware mobile security |
CA2786095A1 (en) | 2012-03-26 | 2013-09-26 | Quickmobile Inc. | System and method for a user to dynamically update a mobile application from a generic or first application within a class of applications to create a specific or second application with said class of applications |
US20130260730A1 (en) | 2012-03-28 | 2013-10-03 | Enterproid Hk Ltd | Custom application container for mobile operating systems and/or devices |
US9319286B2 (en) | 2012-03-30 | 2016-04-19 | Cognizant Business Services Limited | Apparatus and methods for managing applications in multi-cloud environments |
US20130263208A1 (en) | 2012-04-02 | 2013-10-03 | Narsimha Reddy Challa | Managing virtual machines in a cloud computing system |
KR20140148441A (en) | 2012-04-05 | 2014-12-31 | 오픈픽 아이엔씨. | System and method for automatic provisioning of managed devices |
US20130268676A1 (en) | 2012-04-06 | 2013-10-10 | Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) | Application programming interface routing system and method of operating the same |
US20130283335A1 (en) | 2012-04-19 | 2013-10-24 | AppSense, Inc. | Systems and methods for applying policy wrappers to computer applications |
US9253209B2 (en) | 2012-04-26 | 2016-02-02 | International Business Machines Corporation | Policy-based dynamic information flow control on mobile devices |
US9626526B2 (en) | 2012-04-30 | 2017-04-18 | Ca, Inc. | Trusted public infrastructure grid cloud |
US9112918B2 (en) | 2012-04-30 | 2015-08-18 | Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. | Multi-mode user device and network-based control and monitoring |
CA2872051A1 (en) | 2012-05-01 | 2013-11-07 | Agora Mobile Inc. | System and method for providing an application development and distribution social platform |
US9027125B2 (en) | 2012-05-01 | 2015-05-05 | Taasera, Inc. | Systems and methods for network flow remediation based on risk correlation |
US20130297604A1 (en) | 2012-05-01 | 2013-11-07 | Research In Motion Limited | Electronic device and method for classification of communication data objects |
US9405723B2 (en) | 2012-05-02 | 2016-08-02 | Kony, Inc. | Mobile application management systems and methods thereof |
US8990901B2 (en) | 2012-05-05 | 2015-03-24 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Systems and methods for network filtering in VPN |
US9215553B2 (en) | 2012-05-11 | 2015-12-15 | Rowles Holdings, Llc | Automatic determination of and reaction to mobile user routine behavior based on geographical and repetitive pattern analysis |
US20130311597A1 (en) | 2012-05-16 | 2013-11-21 | Apple Inc. | Locally backed cloud-based storage |
US8849904B2 (en) | 2012-05-17 | 2014-09-30 | Cloudflare, Inc. | Incorporating web applications into web pages at the network level |
US9300570B2 (en) | 2012-05-22 | 2016-03-29 | Harris Corporation | Multi-tunnel virtual private network |
WO2014062243A2 (en) | 2012-05-24 | 2014-04-24 | Openpeak Inc. | System and method for creating and providing application collections |
US20140012983A1 (en) | 2012-05-31 | 2014-01-09 | Openpeak Inc. | System and Method for Providing Operational Intelligence for Managed Devices |
US9245112B2 (en) | 2012-06-01 | 2016-01-26 | Apple Inc. | Apparatus and method for managing entitlements to program code |
KR101874081B1 (en) | 2012-06-07 | 2018-07-03 | 에스케이테크엑스 주식회사 | Cloud Service Supporting Method And System based on a Enhanced Security |
US20130347130A1 (en) * | 2012-06-08 | 2013-12-26 | Bluebox | Methods and apparatus for dynamically providing modified versions of electronic device applications |
US20140007215A1 (en) | 2012-06-15 | 2014-01-02 | Lockheed Martin Corporation | Mobile applications platform |
US9792585B2 (en) | 2012-06-21 | 2017-10-17 | Google Inc. | Mobile application management |
US8819772B2 (en) | 2012-06-25 | 2014-08-26 | Appthority, Inc. | In-line filtering of insecure or unwanted mobile device software components or communications |
US9240977B2 (en) | 2012-07-11 | 2016-01-19 | Netiq Corporation | Techniques for protecting mobile applications |
US20140164946A1 (en) | 2012-07-11 | 2014-06-12 | Openpeak Inc. | System and method for selectively tagging received messages |
US9053304B2 (en) | 2012-07-13 | 2015-06-09 | Securekey Technologies Inc. | Methods and systems for using derived credentials to authenticate a device across multiple platforms |
US8713633B2 (en) | 2012-07-13 | 2014-04-29 | Sophos Limited | Security access protection for user data stored in a cloud computing facility |
US9032506B2 (en) | 2012-08-09 | 2015-05-12 | Cisco Technology, Inc. | Multiple application containerization in a single container |
US20140047413A1 (en) | 2012-08-09 | 2014-02-13 | Modit, Inc. | Developing, Modifying, and Using Applications |
US20140049496A1 (en) | 2012-08-20 | 2014-02-20 | Openpeak Inc. | Electronic device and method of assembly for same |
US9087191B2 (en) | 2012-08-24 | 2015-07-21 | Vmware, Inc. | Method and system for facilitating isolated workspace for applications |
US8850434B1 (en) | 2012-09-14 | 2014-09-30 | Adaptive Computing Enterprises, Inc. | System and method of constraining auto live migration of virtual machines using group tags |
US20140096230A1 (en) | 2012-09-25 | 2014-04-03 | Openpeak Inc. | Method and system for sharing vpn connections between applications |
US9507949B2 (en) | 2012-09-28 | 2016-11-29 | Intel Corporation | Device and methods for management and access of distributed data sources |
US9392077B2 (en) | 2012-10-12 | 2016-07-12 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Coordinating a computing activity across applications and devices having multiple operation modes in an orchestration framework for connected devices |
US8910239B2 (en) | 2012-10-15 | 2014-12-09 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Providing virtualized private network tunnels |
US20140109176A1 (en) | 2012-10-15 | 2014-04-17 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Configuring and providing profiles that manage execution of mobile applications |
WO2014062804A1 (en) | 2012-10-16 | 2014-04-24 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Application wrapping for application management framework |
US9971585B2 (en) | 2012-10-16 | 2018-05-15 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Wrapping unmanaged applications on a mobile device |
US9355253B2 (en) | 2012-10-18 | 2016-05-31 | Broadcom Corporation | Set top box architecture with application based security definitions |
US9075955B2 (en) * | 2012-10-24 | 2015-07-07 | Blackberry Limited | Managing permission settings applied to applications |
US20140122645A1 (en) | 2012-10-25 | 2014-05-01 | Openpeak Inc. | Method and system for automatic agnostic provisioning of a computing device |
US20140120961A1 (en) | 2012-10-26 | 2014-05-01 | Lookout, Inc. | System and method for secure message composition of security messages |
US8875304B2 (en) | 2012-11-08 | 2014-10-28 | International Business Machines Corporation | Application and data removal system |
US20140149599A1 (en) | 2012-11-29 | 2014-05-29 | Ricoh Co., Ltd. | Unified Application Programming Interface for Communicating with Devices and Their Clouds |
US9326145B2 (en) | 2012-12-16 | 2016-04-26 | Aruba Networks, Inc. | System and method for application usage controls through policy enforcement |
US9535674B2 (en) | 2012-12-21 | 2017-01-03 | Bmc Software, Inc. | Application wrapping system and method |
US8910262B2 (en) | 2012-12-21 | 2014-12-09 | Cellco Partnership | Supporting multiple messaging services on mobile devices in a single user experience |
US9374369B2 (en) | 2012-12-28 | 2016-06-21 | Lookout, Inc. | Multi-factor authentication and comprehensive login system for client-server networks |
US8839354B2 (en) * | 2012-12-31 | 2014-09-16 | Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. | Mobile enterprise server and client device interaction |
US20140189670A1 (en) | 2012-12-31 | 2014-07-03 | Openpeak Inc. | System and method for tailoring applications and application repositories for individual electrical devices |
US9779250B1 (en) | 2013-01-18 | 2017-10-03 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Intelligent application wrapper |
US20140228014A1 (en) | 2013-02-12 | 2014-08-14 | Mistral Mfs Oy | Method, System and Computer Program for Remotely Configurable Mobile Application |
US9245128B2 (en) * | 2013-03-06 | 2016-01-26 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Limiting enterprise applications and settings on devices |
US20140282876A1 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2014-09-18 | Openpeak Inc. | Method and system for restricting the operation of applications to authorized domains |
US20140281475A1 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2014-09-18 | Openpeak Inc. | Method and system for provisioning a computing device based on location |
US9094445B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2015-07-28 | Centripetal Networks, Inc. | Protecting networks from cyber attacks and overloading |
US20140281499A1 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2014-09-18 | Openpeak Inc. | Method and system for enabling communications between unrelated applications |
US20140280962A1 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2014-09-18 | Openpeak Inc. | Method and system for delegating functionality based on availability |
US20140282460A1 (en) * | 2013-03-15 | 2014-09-18 | Microsoft Corporation | Enterprise device unenrollment |
WO2014150737A2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2014-09-25 | Openpeak Inc. | Method and system for enabling the federation of unrelated applications |
US10284627B2 (en) | 2013-03-29 | 2019-05-07 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Data management for an application with multiple operation modes |
US8849979B1 (en) | 2013-03-29 | 2014-09-30 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Providing mobile device management functionalities |
US9369449B2 (en) | 2013-03-29 | 2016-06-14 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Providing an enterprise application store |
US9355223B2 (en) | 2013-03-29 | 2016-05-31 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Providing a managed browser |
WO2014171938A1 (en) | 2013-04-17 | 2014-10-23 | Empire Technology Development, Llc | Datacenter border-issued analytics for monitoring federated services |
WO2015050588A2 (en) | 2013-05-31 | 2015-04-09 | Openpeak Inc. | Method and system for combining multiple applications into a single binary file while maintaining per process sandboxing |
US20150082191A1 (en) | 2013-06-19 | 2015-03-19 | Openpeak Inc. | Method and system for selectively controlling participation in a message conversation |
WO2015026447A2 (en) | 2013-07-08 | 2015-02-26 | Openpeak Inc. | Method and system for selective application of device policies |
US20150081644A1 (en) | 2013-07-16 | 2015-03-19 | Openpeak Inc. | Method and system for backing up and restoring a virtual file system |
TWI499932B (en) | 2013-07-17 | 2015-09-11 | Ind Tech Res Inst | Method for application management, corresponding system, and user device |
US20150074057A1 (en) | 2013-07-18 | 2015-03-12 | Openpeak Inc. | Method and system for selective preservation of materials related to discovery |
KR20160043044A (en) | 2013-08-15 | 2016-04-20 | 모카나 코포레이션 | Gateway device for terminating a large volume of vpn connections |
US20150113502A1 (en) | 2013-10-18 | 2015-04-23 | Openpeak Inc. | Method and system for encapsulation of application |
US20150113506A1 (en) | 2013-10-18 | 2015-04-23 | Openpeak Inc. | Method and system for adaptive loading of application |
WO2015066483A1 (en) | 2013-11-01 | 2015-05-07 | Openpeak Inc. | Method and system for scheduling at a computing device |
WO2015073799A1 (en) | 2013-11-15 | 2015-05-21 | Openpeak Inc. | Method and system for self-healing of communication network |
WO2015100316A2 (en) | 2013-12-26 | 2015-07-02 | Openpeak Inc. | Method and system for provisioning computing devices based on health condtion |
US20150227115A1 (en) | 2014-01-29 | 2015-08-13 | Openpeak Inc. | Method and system for displaying time and location at a computing device |
US9781594B2 (en) | 2014-01-30 | 2017-10-03 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Context based mobile device |
WO2015120134A1 (en) | 2014-02-06 | 2015-08-13 | Openpeak Inc. | Method and system for linking to shared library |
US20150341362A1 (en) | 2014-04-02 | 2015-11-26 | Openpeak Inc. | Method and system for selectively permitting non-secure application to communicate with secure application |
US9356895B2 (en) | 2014-05-07 | 2016-05-31 | Mitake Information Corporation | Message transmission system and method for a structure of a plurality of organizations |
US9928486B2 (en) | 2014-06-05 | 2018-03-27 | Openpeak Llc | Method and system for selectively displaying calendar information on secure calendar |
US9916079B2 (en) | 2014-06-05 | 2018-03-13 | Openpeak Llc | Method and system for enabling the sharing of information between applications on a computing device |
US9098715B1 (en) | 2014-10-28 | 2015-08-04 | Openpeak Inc. | Method and system for exchanging content between applications |
EP3251324B1 (en) | 2015-01-26 | 2020-09-23 | Mobile Iron, Inc. | Secure access to cloud-based services |
-
2013
- 2013-09-09 US US14/021,227 patent/US10284627B2/en active Active
- 2013-09-10 US US14/022,845 patent/US8650303B1/en active Active
- 2013-09-10 US US14/022,935 patent/US20140298402A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2019
- 2019-03-07 US US16/295,273 patent/US10965734B2/en active Active
-
2021
- 2021-03-29 US US17/215,892 patent/US20210218797A1/en not_active Abandoned
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
US20140298402A1 (en) | 2014-10-02 |
US8650303B1 (en) | 2014-02-11 |
US10284627B2 (en) | 2019-05-07 |
US20140297825A1 (en) | 2014-10-02 |
US10965734B2 (en) | 2021-03-30 |
US20190208003A1 (en) | 2019-07-04 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US20210218797A1 (en) | Data Management for an Application with Multiple Operation Modes | |
US10701082B2 (en) | Application with multiple operation modes | |
JP6802233B2 (en) | Data management for applications with multiple operating modes | |
US20200293364A1 (en) | Management of Unmanaged User Accounts and Tasks in a Multi-Account Mobile Application | |
EP2979417B1 (en) | Providing mobile device management functionalities | |
EP2909786B1 (en) | Controlling mobile device access to secure data | |
US20180241645A1 (en) | Providing Mobile Device Management Functionalities | |
US9215225B2 (en) | Mobile device locking with context | |
CA3126739A1 (en) | Optimized network selection | |
WO2015105499A1 (en) | Providing mobile application management functionalities | |
KR101730984B1 (en) | Data management for an application with multiple operation modes |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: CITRIX SYSTEMS, INC., FLORIDA Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:LANG, ZHONGMIN;BARTON, GARY;DESAI, NITIN;AND OTHERS;SIGNING DATES FROM 20130905 TO 20130908;REEL/FRAME:055772/0082 |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: RESPONSE TO NON-FINAL OFFICE ACTION ENTERED AND FORWARDED TO EXAMINER |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: FINAL REJECTION MAILED |
|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, DELAWARE Free format text: SECURITY INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:CITRIX SYSTEMS, INC.;REEL/FRAME:062079/0001 Effective date: 20220930 |
|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, AS NOTES COLLATERAL AGENT, DELAWARE Free format text: PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT;ASSIGNORS:TIBCO SOFTWARE INC.;CITRIX SYSTEMS, INC.;REEL/FRAME:062113/0470 Effective date: 20220930 Owner name: GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA, AS COLLATERAL AGENT, NEW YORK Free format text: SECOND LIEN PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT;ASSIGNORS:TIBCO SOFTWARE INC.;CITRIX SYSTEMS, INC.;REEL/FRAME:062113/0001 Effective date: 20220930 Owner name: BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., AS COLLATERAL AGENT, NORTH CAROLINA Free format text: PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT;ASSIGNORS:TIBCO SOFTWARE INC.;CITRIX SYSTEMS, INC.;REEL/FRAME:062112/0262 Effective date: 20220930 |
|
STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |
|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: CLOUD SOFTWARE GROUP, INC. (F/K/A TIBCO SOFTWARE INC.), FLORIDA Free format text: RELEASE AND REASSIGNMENT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN PATENT (REEL/FRAME 062113/0001);ASSIGNOR:GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA, AS COLLATERAL AGENT;REEL/FRAME:063339/0525 Effective date: 20230410 Owner name: CITRIX SYSTEMS, INC., FLORIDA Free format text: RELEASE AND REASSIGNMENT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN PATENT (REEL/FRAME 062113/0001);ASSIGNOR:GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA, AS COLLATERAL AGENT;REEL/FRAME:063339/0525 Effective date: 20230410 Owner name: WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, AS NOTES COLLATERAL AGENT, DELAWARE Free format text: PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT;ASSIGNORS:CLOUD SOFTWARE GROUP, INC. (F/K/A TIBCO SOFTWARE INC.);CITRIX SYSTEMS, INC.;REEL/FRAME:063340/0164 Effective date: 20230410 |